#this is a weekly series just wait a bit
Explore tagged Tumblr posts
Text
mha bitches acting like the ending of mha is horrible and the worst ever as if we've actually gotten an ending???? Babe, we have time. Hori himself said "this is not the type of manga that can immediately end after the fighting is done, so I'll keep going for a little while". Stop acting like the ending failed when we haven't even gotten it yet!!! Who knows what could happen!!! Have some fucking patience my god
#somebody make me delete my twitter account#i can't stand mht rn#everybody is bitching about tenko not coming back and im like#this is a weekly series just wait a bit#holy fuck#sorry a 13 page manga chapter doesn't immediately address and fix everything#ugh#anyways i'll get over myself#mha leaks#mha spoilers#mha 424#bnha leaks#bnha spoilers#bnha 424#my posts love
411 notes
·
View notes
Text
1.0 we are all sinners (the one shot ver)
starring: you, remmick, and bo pairing: bo chow/reader. maybe remmick/reader/bo? mostly bo chow/reader for now
warnings: slight but a bit more nsfw, very very slight smut, open-at-your-own-risk, dark romance, vampirism, corruption, moral and literal seduction, temptation, sharing is caring(?), reverse harem(ish), hive-mind, manipulation
summary: in this world, there is no grace chow. only y/n chow. and boy, does that have consequences.
word count: 2k+
concept ver: 0.1
"Because I know everything he knows now. Even how you like to be licked."
"And I can promise I won't bite too hard."
a/n: so it became a bit bigger than i intended, but honestly i wouldn't be able to sleep tonight if i didnt get this idea out of my head. let me know what y'all think! if this gets enough traction, ill think of making a series
Ever since you first came to town, everyone knew that Bo was more than smitten with you. You, the girl with paint-stained fingers, and a smile that was all rainbows and teeth. He was always the first to seek you out. Always the first to ask for your services. Whether it was for a sign, a label, or even just some basic repainting, he always went to you, and never anyone else.
It wasn’t until he finally proposed to you, on one knee and all, that he revealed the real reason he had kept calling you back to his store.
“I liked the art, of course,” he said with a charming grin. “It just so happened I liked the pretty girl behind it even more.”
That’s how Y/N Chow came to be. For two years now, you’ve been at Bo’s side, working at the shop, and occasionally painting some signs (for a fee). It was a running joke in town, that even your husband was no exception, meaning even he couldn’t get it for free.
But whereas the other locals had to pay in cash, Bo paid it forward to you a bit…differently.
“One more time, baby. I still owe you for that shiny new menu, don’t I?” Bo teased. He had his hands between your legs, still slick from your last round. If people knew that the weekly (and in some cases, even daily) signs were just an excuse for your insatiable husband to get his hands on you, you doubted you’d get as many compliments as you did whenever a new one was put up.
Your life had been peaceful, perfect even, for those first two years. So perfect, in fact, that you and Bo were on the brink of taking the next big step together. The two of you had saved up more than enough for it. And even you had to admit you were just as eager to finally have a little one of your own. One who would be a perfect combination of you both.
“I wouldn’t mind a girl. Especially if she’s as pretty as her mama,” Bo whispered as he curled up behind you. It was the middle of the night, and even though he had damn near put you to sleep with that crazy stamina of his, you couldn’t seem to close your eyes just yet. Not with him still pressing soft kisses to the back of your neck.
“Or a boy as charming as his daddy,” you sighed back drowsily.
Your husband, ever the sweet-talker, didn’t even hesitate. “Why don’t we try for both?”
So when one of the SmokeStack twins came barging into the store–one you later remembered as Smoke–you weren’t entirely opposed to the new commission for their new venture. The extra money never hurt anyone. And you would be hard-pressed to say no to Bo’s old-time friends.
Club Juke, they called it. And while you thought the old sawmill to be a strange location for a new club, you didn’t question it…even though you probably should have. The red sign, despite being your own creation, was ominous enough on its own. And yet, you still let Bo lead you inside without even waiting for the paint to dry. The unmatched supply of alcohol should have rang as suspicious. You doubted even the grocer stocks had as much beer and wine as the twins did, and yet, that didn’t stop you from taking the occasional sinful sip.
The real kicker, however, was the music. Sammie, who even you distinctly remember as the preacher’s little boy, was clearly unmatched at the guitar. And his voice, a hypnotic drawl, that could tempt the most pious to the dancefloor. Not even you and Bo could escape his song. And even though it was only your husband at your side, you could have sworn you heard the symphony of the ancestors joining you both.
“You’re glowing, baby.”
“Am I?” You hummed, still lost in the mesmerizing feeling of being part of something greater. Of finally belonging, despite never having really been lost in the first place.
Bo didn’t say anything more, too entranced as you began spinning around him once more, silk skirt flapping behind you. There was a heady feeling that seemed almost electric. And the more you danced, teasing him with passing touches and glances, the more you could tell it was starting to affect him, too.
That all came to a pause, however, when they arrived.
Three voices in harmony, in what you supposed was a catchy, albeit simple tune. Nothing as intoxicating as the heavy blues of Sammie, but still melodic enough for you to recognize the talent behind it. As you took a peek over your Smoke’s shoulder, curious to see who exactly was singing, you were met with shadowed brown eyes staring unblinkingly into yours.
“Picked poor robin clean…I picked his hair, I picked his teeth…”
You tilted your head curiously, more than surprised as the banjo player proceeded to wink at you mid-song. Still, you didn’t think much of it as anything beyond performer’s charisma. And that was almost wiped from your mind entirely when you felt Bo’s hands begin to pull you away from the door.
You didn’t turn back once, not with your husband now by your side. If you did, you would’ve noticed said banjo player still staring after you both. (But you didn’t.)
You weren’t sure what happened in between that moment and now. Only that something wretched was overtaking the place. One that was marked by Stack’s death at Mary’s hands. No one saw that coming. Much less your husband, who once regaled you with their tragic love story a few years ago.
You wanted to feel bad for Smoke, you truly did. But your gut feeling told you that you couldn’t afford to. Not when something haunted and evil was beginning to envelope Club Juke like an oncoming storm.
“We need to leave, Bo.”
“Baby, he just lost his brother. We can’t just leave him now.”
“I know he’s your friend, but we came to help the club. We didn’t sign up for whatever…this is,” you pleaded. “Please, Bo. This is scaring me. Just take me home first, at least.”
“Alright. I’ll go get the car for us. You sure you can pack everything by yourself?” At your shaky nod, Bo pressed a quick kiss to your forehead. “You wait right here, baby. I’ll be right back.”
If you had known that would be the last time you would see your husband, you wouldn’t have begged as hard as you did. But none of you knew what you were dealing with. Not until Cornbread returned acting all strange. Or when Smoke shot him in the head, to no effect. It only really really hit you when Stack somehow came back….wrong.
Vampires were supposed to be myths. And yet, this…this was terrifyingly real.
"Let me go! I need to go after Bo!"
"Careful now. You walk out there, Y/N, you might not walk back in."
"I can't just sit here and do nothing! My husband is outside with those—those things!"
But Smoke put his foot down, stopping your argument in its tracks. "Bo can handle himself, Y/N. Besides, you know he wouldn't want to put you at risk either. Bo'd want you here. Inside. Where it's safe."
It was only thanks to Annie that you and the other survivors had an inkling of what to do. Dead bodies, like the one you found behind the bar, didn’t stay dead for long. Bullets to the head would slow them at best. The only ways to stop them, or at least really hurt them, was with garlic or a stake to the heart. And even then, that was just the tip of the iceberg.
The one resounding agreement, however, was that under no circumstance could any of you afford to get bitten. Not unless you wanted your soul trapped, becoming one of them.
When you bit into the garlic alongside the others, it tasted like guilt and regret. It only got worse when you were tasked with first watch at the door. Everyone else was at the back, creating more stakes, preparing more garlic, and modifying whatever they could into a weapon.
That’s why, when you first heard the sound of pained gurgles and squelching, you were the only one peeping behind that slightly ajar door. Which you almost regretted instantly, upon seeing the poor ‘dead’ body being consumed by Cornbread.
You nearly screamed for the others, realizing the gravity of your joint mistake and what it cost the innocent man now bleeding to death outside. But before you could, a familiar voice stopped you in your tracks. One you’d recognize anywhere.
It was Bo’s.
"Hey, baby," he grinned, and for a moment, you could almost believe it actually was your husband. Keyword being, almost. "Come on outside. I got the car started for you. Let's go!"
Your first instinct was to pull him inside into safety and make sure he really was okay. He looked exactly as he did when he first went to get the car. But...the way he swaggered past Cornbread, smiling at you like nothing was wrong, made your heart drop.
“Bo…?”
The sound and smell of fresh blood and flesh tearing made you nauseous, almost unbelievably so, to the point it made you take a nervous step back. A frown briefly formed on Bo’s face, only to be replaced by a charming smile again. (The same one you once fell in love with, you thought to yourself painfully.)
“What is it, Y/N?”
Your eyes left Bo’s to stare at the chaos happening right beside him. And yet, your husband didn’t even do more than glance at Cornbread. "Oh, don't worry about him, baby. He's just a little hungry, is all," he said offhandedly. "Now, let’s go.”
Bo winked at you, causing you to flinch. Your husband never was the type to do something like that before. Even before he’d married you, he’d always go for words first, then actions second. The only one who ever winked at you like that was–
“Come on. I got the car all warmed up, just the way you like,” he cajoled, turning back slightly as if to show you exactly that. But when you didn’t move to follow him, he sauntered back up to the door with a knowing look on his face. “Or...you let me back in there, and we can grab our things and head home?" Bo's eyes flashed an inhuman silver, akin to the way Stack’s did when he came back undead. You found yourself paralyzed by them, even as he loomed over you from the doorframe. "We can make a pit stop, if you like. Maybe even have some fun on the way back."
“What happened to you, Bo?” You whispered to yourself, desperately searching his face for the man you once married, only to find something else entirely.
Bo’s smile didn’t falter. Instead it grew, as a different voice decided to answer for him. “I did. And ain’t he so much better now, darling?”
“Remmick,” you recognized. The banjo player from before. The one that Smoke had turned away, along with the rest of his group. “What did you do to my Bo?”
“I think you already know the answer to that, darling,” Remmick replied. And yet, despite the smooth charismatic tone of his, you flinched away from the door, like a mouse that had just gotten spooked.
“It’s better this way, baby.” Bo tried to convince you, unbothered by the new addition at his side. “So why don’t you be a good girl now and invite us all in?”
"You should listen to him, Y/N. Or listen to me. Because I know everything he knows now. And trust me, darling, he really wants you to let us in there," Remmick restated, his words a near parrot of Bo’s. Or was it Bo’s that were a near parrot of Remmick’s?
“That’s not true. Bo wouldn’t…”
“I wouldn’t do what, baby? Do whatever it took to be with my wife again?” Bo quipped back. It was so like him, yet at the same time, entirely not. Because deep down, you knew your husband would never ask you something like that. Not if it would put you in danger.
And yet, this Bo smiled at you lovingly, almost reverently. As if the prospect of becoming one of them was a blessing, rather than a curse.
"Listen to your husband now, darling. Can't you see that he—that we—just want what's best for you?”
Despite Remmick's words, you couldn’t tear your eyes away from Bo. "You're not...you're not my husband."
Your words caused the smile on Bo’s face to falter. But Remmick’s sharpened, eyes lighting up, as if your words were nothing more than a challenge.
"Well, that's not very nice of you to say," he tsked.
But you didn’t care. Perhaps if you did, you would have realized that your fire only drew in Remmick even more. "You did this to him. You...you monster.”
"Me? A monster? I just gave him what he wanted, darling. Freedom. A family. In fact, this was his idea, you know. He wanted to change you first," Remmick revealed with a hungry grin. "And who am I to deny him?"
"You're lying."
"Am I? I know everything he knows now. Every little thought. Every single memory,” he gloated. “I even know how you like to be licked."
Remmick's words shook you to the bone. But nothing made you choke like the insinuation in Bo's follow-up. "We promise we won't bite, baby. Not unless you want us to."
That was the last thing you heard before the rest of your surviving friends finally finally make it to the door, separating you from the captivating duo once more.
#sinners 2025#bo chow#bo chow x reader#sinners imagine#sinners fanfiction#dark romance#sinners fic#sinners x reader#x reader#reader insert#fem reader#female reader#sinners movie#remmick x you x bo chow#remmick#remmick x reader#remmick x you#bo chow fic
924 notes
·
View notes
Text
Something About You (07) | JJK
Pairing: Jungkook x (f.) Reader
Genre/Tags: friends au, vacation au, slow burn, romcom-ish vibe; adulting; inspired by AYS; PE teacher!JK and researcher!OC; fluff, comfort, smut
Chapter Warnings: foul/explicit language; alcohol consumption; semi-explicit smut that's not too smutty (m&f oral, condom talk, unprotected sex) (18+)
Word count: 21.4k
Series Masterlist
Status: Complete
Series Summary: You and Jungkook have been friends for a decade. And while he’s the charming and dependable, often reserved boy-next-door, he’s also just been a friend - a constant in your life, a part of a whole, and someone who’s seen all the flawed and probably unattractive sides of you.
A resumption of your friend group’s out-of-town trips has caused you to spend more time with him. And somewhere in between the morning coffee in the forest, running around in the snow, and watching the sunset on a boat, he’s become something more. And you’re not quite sure how to deal with it.
🎶: Beautiful Soul by Jesse McCartney || Yes or No by Jungkook
A/N: Wrapping up this feel-good series! I'd hoped to gush about these episodes with you guys weekly but it is what it is, and I'm just happy for the people who tuned in and have and will enjoy this. I hope this story and these characters gave you a bit of joy.
Your eyes dart to the time on your laptop screen.
2:52 PM.
Jungkook will be arriving at your apartment soon for your scheduled 3PM drive to Busan but your meeting with your manager doesn’t seem like it’ll end in the next eight minutes.
It’s Friday, and though you’re glad that she allowed you to adjust your hours today, you also wish she’d stick to the agenda and not add items to it because now, she’s briefing you about a new research proposal when you should just be talking about the one you’re currently working on.
“Yes, I’ll read more about that. So the one that’s due next week…” you say, trying to bring the conversation back to its original purpose. “I worked on the budget with the procurement team with regards to the service provider fees. Do you have any comments about it?”
She asks if they’ve been vetted and you answer that you did your due diligence and that the quotes and sample works are in the attachment you sent her. You’re discussing the other line items when Jungkook opens the door - having already memorized your lock code - and you gesture to him that you’re still on a call.
He gives a thumbs up to say it’s okay, and he gestures to the clothes he’s holding to say that he’ll just change while waiting for you to finish. You nod in response, expecting he’d head to your bathroom, only for him to strip in the middle of your living room, as you can see from your periphery.
You hold in your surprised look and curse him internally for teasing you like this.
But not wanting to miss out on the view, you move your laptop towards the right and adjust your seat so you can have a good look at him. You’re met with a muted incredulous laugh followed by a cheeky smile, as he now stands several feet from you in just his black Calvin Klein underwear.
It’s a shame you’re not close enough to admire every detail of him looking like that, but you have the rest of the weekend to do so. The thought of what the next three days will bring sends chills down your spine.
Your eyes alternate from the screen to your boyfriend, who’s now replaced his running shorts and sports jacket with black trousers, a loose-fit white tank top, and a blue cardigan. You bite your lip to hold in a smile and your manager fortunately doesn’t notice.
She finally realizes that it’s past 3PM and apologizes for holding you up, especially since you started the day much earlier than usual just so you can accommodate the four-hour trip you’ll be making.
“This is great work as always, ___,” she beams. “I’ll let you go now and I’ll see you on Tuesday. Enjoy your cousin’s wedding!”
“Thank you,” you say, bidding her goodbye.
You close your laptop, officially switching off for the weekend, then frown at Jungkook as he walks over to you.
He chuckles as he bends down to kiss your lips while you remain seated. You give in as you always do, and the groan you’re about to let out is replaced with a moan when he swipes his tongue in your mouth and gently cups your cheek.
He pulls away and boops your nose before standing straight up.
“How rude of you to dress up in front of me like that,” you scowl at him.
“And how naughty of you to watch me while you’re on a call with your manager like that,” he bites back.
“You’re so annoying,” you huff, even as you hug him and immediately fall into his arms.
“Sorry, just wanted to tease,” he admits. “I know my body drives you crazy.”
You pinch his stomach and pull away.
“Were you ever this cocky?” You chuckle.
“Nah. It’s a trait I developed just in the last two months. It’s all your fault since you react the way you do,” he smirks. “But don’t worry, we’ve got this weekend.”
“We do,” you say, biting your lip at the anticipation of what’s in store.
Of course, there’s Seokjin and Hayoung’s wedding tomorrow afternoon in Busan and the intimate yacht party right after. There’s also seeing Taehyung who flew back for a few days for the celebration. There’s the luxury hotel with all its fancy amenities that you’ll definitely take advantage of. There’s seeing both your families and meeting them as a couple this time. And then there’s staying over at Jungkook’s house on Sunday. There’s lots to look forward to and you can’t wait to get started.
“So… am I gonna see you dress up, too?” Jungkook smiles.
“Sucks for you, I’m already wearing this,” you shrug, saying you’d planned on leaving right as he arrived but your meeting extended you so now you really should get going.
He whines only a little then follows you as you walk towards your luggage.
“Do you have everything packed already? Dress, the right underwear, heels, makeup, evening bag?” He asks, making sure you didn’t forget anything or else it’ll ruin your weekend.
“Yup, I’ve got— oh shit, my bathing suits!”
You scurry to your closet and get a few pairs, knowing that Jungkook would want to swim as much as he can. And while you could watch him for hours, joining him wouldn’t be bad.
“Can’t forget those,” he hums.
Once you’ve got everything packed, you turn towards him to signal that you’re ready, and he heads out your door with you right behind him.
Going on a long drive alone with Jungkook is not a rare thing; it’s something you’ve done a few times just this past year. And so there’s this familiarity you feel - there’s talking about your day, a lot of teasing, smacking his chest, video calling with your friends, and sipping iced coffee and feeding each other the cookies you bought at a drive-thru.
But there are new things, too, like holding his hand and placing it on your thigh for him to caress. There’s shamelessly ogling him and telling him how handsome he looks in his outfit and him admitting that he wears the tank top because of how much you like it. There’s kissing him when you’re at the stoplight, and him suggesting driving to an emergency stop so he could kiss you back properly.
And then there’s talking about other couple things, like meeting your respective parents as each other’s partners this time.
You’ve met each other’s families several times before so it’s nothing new. Your parents know him as the athlete and the teacher and the one you describe as everyone’s go-to person. You’re known to his parents by your profession, too, as well as being the clumsy girl who freaks out when holding a knife and often hurts herself.
“Kook, they probably think I’m useless,” you pout.
“They also know you as the other smart friend,” he says. “They remember that you got an award during graduation. That’s not being useless, babe.”
“Yeah but I mean, you know, domestic stuff,” you say softly. “All I know to do is wash dishes. That’s the only thing I can do when I stay over on Sunday.”
Jungkook understands what you mean and immediately appeases you.
“They’re not of that traditional mindset so you don’t have to worry. My mom’s cooking isn’t the best, too,” he laughs. “My parents just taught me and my brother how to be independent and then we could look out for those who—”
“Are helpless?”
“Who need a bit more help,” he corrects you. “You’re not even that bad. You know how to feed yourself.”
“Yeah, very basic food that only requires less than five steps to make. Or anything I can cook in the air fryer,” you laugh at yourself mockingly. “I don’t know how to make things fancy or delicious like you.”
“Well, basic things help you survive so that doesn’t make you helpless. Plus, you now have a boyfriend who makes the fancy and delicious food for you,” he winks. “Makes it difficult for you to let go of me, yeah?”
“Hey, I like you either way,” you pout at him. “Though I admit that the cooking skills definitely help.”
“Good. I’ll just keep making delicious things for you, then,” he smiles.
“You are good at taking care of me,” you nod. “I don’t really know what I—”
“You listen to me,” he interjects before you say what he thinks you’re gonna say, which is that you don’t take care of him the way he does with you.
He could already sense your faraway eyes and knew that your mind would travel elsewhere again, and to places he doesn’t want it to go to. He hopes you never doubt yourself in your relationship because there’s really so much that you do for him, and he’s worried that he doesn’t tell you enough.
“You listen to my worries. You create a space for me to talk about them,” he continues. “And you give good advice. That’s taking care of someone, too, you know? Because if my mind’s a mess, how would I function?”
“That’s true,” you finally smile.
It takes you back to last Saturday and how you both spent the day at your apartment because he didn’t feel like doing much. He talked about an issue he had with a senior teacher and some other concerns about his students. You just listened to him and shared your thoughts while he laid on your lap, and he told you the next day that he felt better.
Safety, friendship, and intimacy are needs after all, and you suppose they’re what you’re able to give him.
“I told my parents that I’ve been confiding in you and that it’s been easier to do that since we got together,” he adds, wanting to make sure you don’t feel unworthy when meeting them again. “And they know you watch my students’ matches and they think that’s really sweet.”
“Well, I don’t feel that worried meeting them as your girlfriend anymore,” you giggle, appreciating what he’s doing.
He’s just always known how you are and how to calm your mind.
“You shouldn’t. They already like you,” he smiles.
“And my parents already like you, too,” you say. “I’ve told them how you give me massages and piggyback rides and how you cook for me. I mean, not like they have anyone to compare it to but… I guess that says a lot, too, doesn’t it?”
“So does that mean they’ve never met your exes?”
“Just over video call but that doesn’t really count,” you shrug. “There wasn’t really time to see them and I was a bit shy. I’m so babied in my family and they’re also a bit chaotic and I wasn’t ready for my exes to deal with all that.”
“Well, you kinda have no choice but to introduce me now because of the wedding.”
“True. I still would’ve though. But I’m also really excited,” you say as you caress his hand. “They’ll see that I got someone really good.”
“You think they’d expected Tae or Jimin as the friend you’d end up with and not me? They like the guys a lot,” he remarks, remembering your calls to your parents in the past and how they lovingly greeted your friends.
“Not really. They’re just more familiar with those two,” you explain. “When they’d call me during college and I was crying out of stress, Tae or Jimin would be with me so they knew how much the guys took care of me then.”
“Yeah, and I wasn’t there,” Jungkook says regrettably.
“Because you were stressed, too! Just like Mo-eum because you both took difficult courses,” you reason. “You know I’ll always be thankful for how our relationship happened, right? And that includes our friendship. We were there for each other whenever we could.”
“I know,” he sighs. “I just… don’t want them to wish it was someone else with you since you’ve got other good guys around you.”
“Well, I’m with you. I don’t think I can have anyone better,” you smile.
You lean over for a kiss on his cheek and this appeases him.
You’ve already been on a call with your family a few times since you started dating Jungkook, which is about two months ago. It may seem too soon but you don’t recall feeling this kind of joy and desire before.
Maybe because you let yourself settle into it first for those first few weeks and when you found out he reciprocated your feelings, it was just that natural for the emotions to intensify again.
Your parents already like him. They think that being a teacher requires a kind of dedication and patience that you need in your life, and you know they’re right.
But that’s just one part of him. Outside of what he does, he’s kind and tender-hearted and enjoys what life has to offer. It hasn’t been long but you’re already experiencing more of those sides of him as well.
You’re looking forward to seeing them see you with him; you’re certain they’ll see how different it is this time, too.
You get through the four-hour ride with more laughter and stories. There’s silence in between those, too, and neither you nor Jungkook minds. Your voices are just replaced with soft touches and tender smiles and those are enough just the same.
You finally arrive in the hotel in Busan and make your way to reception to check-in. You meet Jimin and Mo-eum there who have just arrived, and you all leave your things at the concierge so you can proceed to the restaurant for the pre-wedding dinner.
You head to the table where all your friends are and excitedly greet them, hugging Taehyung tightly as you miss him terribly already.
It’s like you’ve all been spoiled this past year. Jeju wasn’t too long ago and now you're out of town again. It’s different this time because of the purpose of your trip and the fact that you’ll be experiencing luxury this weekend, a far cry from the outdoors and homey vibes of the previous months.
You get to relax and feel regal, enjoy the amenities, eat fancy food, and savor the view of the ocean from your bedroom. You almost wish you could afford to stay an extra day or so but staying at Jungkook’s family home is definitely the better choice.
While waiting for Seokjin and Hayoung, you take the time to greet the other guests who made it tonight. Your and Jungkook’s families will be arriving tomorrow before the ceremony so you take him with you when you greet your cousin’s parents. Having known your friend group for years, they tell you how happy they are that you ended up with one of them, too, just like their daughter.
You return to your seats and enjoy dinner with your friends. The food boasts of familiar flavors presented in new and delicate ways. You have fun with how you eat them and join Jungkook in raving about how delicious it is. You drink champagne and inhale the dessert that when it’s all over, you feel full and satisfied.
“So, jacuzzi in half an hour?” Jimin pitches to the group.
Taehyung had booked the hot tub for after hours, and the five of you got excited at having the space all to yourselves. The rest of your friends agree to join. Even if they won’t be dipping, they won’t pass up on drinks with a view tonight. It’s literally Seokjin’s and Hayoung’s last hurrah with all of you so they say they’ll follow later on.
As is the tradition, you book a suite to house the five of you. This time, however, it’s pretty clear who’s sleeping with who.
You and Jungkook enter the room with the queen-sized bed and you turn to him excitedly. He picks up the hint of desire in your eyes and he pulls you in, his hands on your waist now as he admires how you look in your floral dress.
“What are you thinking tonight, huh?” He smirks.
“Hmm, nothing… Just a big comfy bed, a nice shower, a stunning view… A few things we could enjoy,” you say, playing it coolly.
“Yes… if you’re awake,” he teases.
“Hey,” you smack his chest.
“I’m kidding,” he laughs, kissing your cheek. “I’m just saying that I know you’re tired from today. If you fall asleep early, that’s okay. You should get rest because we have a full day tomorrow.”
“I know. I’m actually already sleepy,” you laugh. “But I want to take advantage of this fancy room with you.”
“We will,” he smiles. “Come on, let’s get changed.”
You both put on your swimsuits and head out to the common room. It’s spacious and boasts of a floor-to-ceiling glass window that lets you see the still ocean and city lights from outside. The five of you take a shot of tequila that Jimin brought with him then bring that to the jacuzzi room several floors above.
It’s not the best weather for a hot tub. It’s warm as it normally is for the middle of summer. But there’s something about being in a private area on the 20th floor of a fancy hotel with bottles of champagne and whiskey and plates of food that makes it perfect for tonight. There’s soft music playing and given the size of the tub, everyone decides to join in. Even Yoongi.
From the hot water, to the jets on your legs and back, and to Jungkook massaging your neck and shoulders, you feel totally relaxed. There’s laughter all around, even more when you all rehash memories of Seokjin and Hayoung over the years.
There’s commentary from all your ends, too, especially from the older ones who’d witnessed their relationship up close. The couple shares their favorite moments from the past six years, too, like when they first said I love you and how they made up after their first big fight.
It reminds you that there’s still a lot to learn even when you’re already in a relationship. It’s something Hayoung has talked to you about, as someone who understands what you’re experiencing. It may seem all good and easy because you think you know the other person so well already after being friends for many years but romantic relationships bring their own challenges; no couple is immune from those.
But like she said, it’s the strong friendship she has with Seokjin that allowed them to get through them. It’s a good foundation, she told you. Being able to just talk about things openly, being comfortable and honest, and trusting that they want the best for each other have become natural, and those have been their keys to making it work.
They’re good advice, as you think that you and Jungkook are still in the honeymoon stage. One day, you know the hardships will come. Maybe you’ll have to readjust to each other all over again or witness the births of new versions of yourselves, just like he’d told you before.
But deep inside, they’re challenges you welcome because you know they’ll make you better together and you truly want to make this work, a change that you took note of early on. Plus, you genuinely like Jungkook - not just as your boyfriend or your friend but as a person. You truly admire and think the world of him, so whatever you’ll face, you’d willingly go through them with him, as long as you get to keep him around.
You don’t think you’d do that just with anybody.
“You okay, babe?” He nudges your shoulder as he notices you gaze at him again.
“Yes. Just thinking about how much I like you,” you smile at him.
Jungkook smiles back, as he’s already used to you being like this just two months in. He’s usually a lot more reserved and moderated when it comes to expressing his feelings, as he tends to just feel them, whereas you’re more vocal about yours.
There have been days when he’d see you stressed or frustrated at work but you’d sit on his lap, hug him, and tell him that having him next to you already makes you feel better. There’s this vulnerability in your honesty, and it’s something he’s witnessing up close.
While you’ve told him you admire him for just doing whatever he wants, he thinks you’re just as admirable for feeling whatever you want and there’s so much strength in that. He realizes he might not tell you this enough.
“She’s so cheesy, isn’t she?” Jimin’s voice cuts through his thoughts, as the man - who’d heard your little exchange - approaches both of you.
“She is,” Jungkook hums as he pulls you between his legs and wraps his arms around you. “It’s pretty cute. Was she always like this?”
“Nah. Not in front of us, at least,” Jimin shakes his head. “I guess it makes sense because we weren’t the biggest fans of her exes.”
You laugh at the dig, which you don’t mind; Taehyung and Jimin have valid reasons.
“Hmm, I don’t think I was this cheesy,” you confirm. “I think I’m like this because Jungkook and I have had conversations before, hoping that the other person would find someone good for them to be with and look, it’s us!”
It’s quite serendipitous in its own way, you think.
The three of you giggle and Jungkook tightens his hold around you.
“I’m glad it was you,” he whispers in your ear, prompting you to lean against his chest at the feeling of floating because of his words.
“He’s so affectionate, too, huh?” Jimin smirks now.
“Oh, he is,” you giggle again, as you think back to how tightly he hugs you when you sleep and how he likes to pull you back to him when you wake up. “Has he always been like this?”
You’ve obviously seen Jungkook with his girlfriends and you don’t recall him being this touchy. You wonder if he’s like that even if he’s just with the guys.
“Not at all, not even with his girlfriend in high school or the one during the summer before college started,” Jimin laughs. “I know he’s clingy behind closed doors though. At least that’s what he says.”
“Oh, he is,” you exclaim, earning you a cheeky laugh from the man in front of you.
The man behind you groans though, but now he wraps his legs around you, too. You feel the giddiness at knowing he doesn’t want to hold back when it comes to his affection towards you.
Jimin watches his two best friends with such tenderness. He has a different relationship with both of you - he’s gentle with Jungkook whereas he gives you tough love.
But he knows sincerity when he sees it, and after seeing both of you go through your respective relationships, Jimin can tell that it’s very different this time. You’re both more in control over your feelings even if you don’t hold them back. Perhaps it’s the maturity at this stage in your lives or maybe, it’s really just about finding and choosing to be the right person for each other.
Your best friend’s eyes glimmer and you see the smile behind them. And cheeky as he may be sometimes, you’re glad he made that comment to you months ago that got you paying attention to your feelings and that ultimately got you Jungkook.
The night goes on with a few more drinks and laughter with your friends. Whenever you and Jungkook separate, there’s always a moment where your eyes meet and you share a smile. There’s that assurance even until now, reminding you of this past year and how you’d be apart and somehow you’d find him looking out for you.
You end before midnight and head to your respective rooms. You and Jungkook take turns washing up in the bathroom and staying in the common area with your friends. With a bit to drink and a long day tomorrow, you all decide to head to bed.
“Goodnight!” Jimin calls out to you. “Don’t break the lamp or something.”
You stick your tongue at him before entering your room. Jungkook pulls you by the waist. He flushes you against his chest and tucks his head in your neck.
“It’s a fair comment, though,” he hums, referring to what Jimin had said. “I mean, you did break my humidifier.”
“Yah!” You smack his arm that’s wrapped around you. “I didn’t break it. It fell.”
“Sure, babe,” he giggles. “It totally fell out of nowhere when it was sitting right in the middle of my bedside table.”
You groan in agreement, conceding now because that may have been what actually happened. It was two weeks ago and Jungkook was yapping about it the next morning while you were on a call with your friends and they pieced things together. They’ve been teasing you ever since.
“Uh, you were the one shoving your frikkin dick inside me!” You defend, turning around now to face him.
“Uh, you were the one telling me not to stop,” he counters.
“You’re annoying when you’re cocky,” you frown at him. “No kisses for you.”
“Hey! I’m just stating facts,” he laughs.
But you pull away from his hold to tease and lay on your side of the bed. The soft sheets and thick covers instantly make you feel like you’re being swallowed by clouds; you could fall asleep any minute.
“K,” you hum under your breath, your eyes fluttering close.
“Are you sleeping on me?” He gasps.
“The bed feels so good, Kook,” you moan as you stretch your limbs. “I’m gonna fall asleep soon so get your ass in bed now.”
“So impatient,” he bites back with a smile.
He removes his shirt then switches off the lamp. Your eyes follow him when he does, and you’re thankful for the sliver of light from outside that allows you to appreciate his body. You’d done that during your time at the hot tub earlier and you think you’ll keep doing that; your reaction will probably be the same every time, too.
He finally lies in bed but you’re the one who sits up now. You take your shirt off, something he’s used to you doing by now, and he returns the fond way you’re looking at him.
Even when he’s annoyingly cheeky, his body pretty much shuts you up, and he knows this. Your body does the same to him. You laugh in unison because both of you have come to know each other like that.
You bend down to kiss him, not at all able to resist. It’s soft and gentle, as the exhaustion from today continues to weigh you down. But even then, his tongue explores deeper, and you’re hypnotized by the way it does that your body moves on its own.
You’re on top of him before you know it - your legs on his sides, your one hand softly pulling his hair and the other, grazing his bare chest. And your clothed cunt, rhythmically grinding against his slowly hardening member. His fingers trace patterns on your back, leaving you moaning in his ear.
And also yawning. You think it’s out of pleasure though.
Jungkook chuckles as you pull away, hovering over him with your dazed eyes. You yawn another time, and your face tenses as you try to hold it in. He can tell there’s more you want to do but he also knows you’re very, very sleepy.
“Hey, go to sleep now,” he whispers.
“But—”
You’re interrupted by another yawn, causing him to giggle once more.
“Babe, it’s okay. I want to keep going but I’m sleepy, too,” he assures you. “We’ve had a long day and I’d rather have you awake when we swim in the morning than do anything else tonight. Yeah?”
You pout at him before nodding. You did promise him you’d swim with him in the early hours tomorrow.
He helps lay you back down and pulls the covers over you. He smiles while watching you slowly retreat into dreamland, soft hums and a small smile escaping you as his fingers continue to trace your body. He briefly cups your breast and he knows you like it. You’ve told him a few times that the drawn out pleasure helps you fall asleep and this is one way he does it without tiring you out further.
He presses soft kisses down your jaw then your neck and your body reacts again. You caress his head as he trails south, and you moan his name. He might’ve gone a bit too far so he goes back up and gives you a final kiss on the lips.
“We’ll sleep now,” he hums.
He lays on his side and pulls you close to him, your back flushed against his chest now and his leg wrapped around you. Your hand finds his and your fingers intertwine.
It’s intimate, and even with your hair all over his face, he likes this because he gets to hold you tight. It also ensures that you don’t hit anything, including his face.
He laughs at the thought. It’s something he’d gladly get used to though. And he finds that it’s easy - to adjust, to move around and alongside you, and to settle into you even more.
You wake up to soft kisses on your cheek the next morning. You moan under your breath, wanting more of those but also wishing you have more time to sleep. You knocked out once you closed your eyes last night and you feel like you didn’t move at all.
Which, of course, isn't true. When you open your eyes, you find yourself sprawled in the middle of the bed and the giver of your kisses is standing next to it, chuckling at you.
“Good morning, princess,” he greets. “Come on, let’s go swimming.”
You look at him with your sleepy eyes and hope for a bit of compassion. Perhaps five minutes more. Or 20.
And he sees right through you.
“You can sleep longer, it’s fine,” he smiles. “I can go ahead before it gets crowded. Is that okay?”
“No, I told you I’d go with you,” you mumble.
You did say you’d do this with him, especially after he let you drag him to your Pilates session last week. He decided then that he’d definitely stick to the sports he knows and that won’t get his limbs all tangled while hanging in the air. You reason that his body is just a little too fit for the machine and you may be right.
“Okay then,” he says as he changes into his swim shorts.
“Why do you have so much energy?” You ask, stretching your arms and legs around the bed now. “It’s barely 7:30.”
“I just came from a jog by the beach. The wind was really nice and cool.”
“Oh, good,” you nod, appeased that he gets to do the things he enjoys doing when he’s in his hometown.
He returns to standing next to the bed and you lift your leg for him to massage. Your legs have been a bit sore after this week’s intense Pilates workout. He starts kneading your calf and it feels so good that you could fall asleep again.
“Yah! We have to make it to breakfast at 9 before we prepare for the wedding,” he reminds you. “Come on. I’ll be wet and half naked. I know how much you like that.”
You frown at his teasing even if it’s pretty much a given at this point. But he’s started to enjoy it a little bit more after your friends exposed you to him. They shared more details of how you were during your Jeju trip, specifically about your ogling whenever he went swimming.
It flusters you even if you’re actually able to just admire his body and touch and kiss it whenever you like. Perhaps there are still remnants of disbelief over how you never bothered about it before. Years of going on beach and lake trips, watching him flex his biceps, and commenting on his abs to tease him never made you look twice nor longer than a few seconds.
Now, you can’t get enough of it.
You curl yourself in bed, urging him to convince you a bit more.
Instead of kissing you, he starts tickling your foot, causing you to squeal.
“Jeon Jungkook, you brat!” You groan as you try to kick his hand away and flail your arms while still lying in bed. “You’re gonna regret this.”
Your words don’t have bite in them, but still, he stops and pulls you towards the edge of the bed. He cups your cheeks and peppers your face with soft kisses until you’re finally smiling.
“Happy?” He cocks an eyebrow.
You giggle and nod.
“So can we go now?”
“Yes,” you playfully roll your eyes then head for the bathroom.
You change into your swimsuit then you both exit the room. Out in the common area, Jimin and Taehyung are waiting to leave, too.
“So early and already getting freaky,” your best friend smirks. “Hope you didn’t break anything.”
“He was tickling my foot!” You explain; they definitely heard you squealing.
“Ooh, he’s relentless with that,” Taehyung shakes his head as he understands your plight.
He’s been on the receiving end of that, after all.
You eye your friends who are in their active gear as well. Taehyung will do a morning workout while Jimin is dragging Mo-eum to go for a run.
“Are you sure about that?” You ask your best friend. “You know she’ll stop once she sees a plot of land to find four-leaf clovers.”
“I know, but she promised she'd match my pace,” Jimin shrugs. “She just didn’t wanna be the only one not doing anything physical today.”
“She technically won't be. I mean, I don’t think that watching your boyfriend swim counts as physical,” you hum.
“Are you sure about that?” Jimin cocks his eyebrow. “Your heart rate literally heightens just seeing him in swim shorts.”
Jungkook chuckles because he can attest to that. Sometimes you also just completely zone out.
You groan because you also agree. You turn to the man next to you with a pout.
“You’re not good for my health.”
Jungkook just laughs even harder and your friends join him. You do sound ridiculous.
But he thinks you’re the most adorable thing in the world. You already expressed concern about ogling him too much in front of his family, not wanting them to think you’re a little too much for their son, but he assured you that they’d feel proud you think so highly of their genes.
With you being shameless in front of your friends, he sees even more just how unfiltered and honest you are about your feelings towards him, and it makes him feel really good.
He pinches your cheeks, endeared by how you look at him, until Mo-eum finally exits the bedroom and you all head out then separate to do your own thing.
You and Jungkook find yourselves on the 7th floor this time to swim in the infinity pool. You stand in awe as you look at the scenery of stunning landscape against tall buildings that line the vast ocean. It’s definitely a lot more urban than Jeju but it offers a different kind of tranquility that you feel you can only get from here.
You now understand why Jungkook was insistent on swimming despite your tight schedule. It’s truly breathtaking, especially with the clear skies and cool breeze embracing you. He even passed up on sexy time last night just so you wouldn’t be too tired for an early wake up call.
He sighs in relief as he stands next to you, no doubt admiring his surroundings just as you are.
“Such perfect weather,” he hums as he removes his shirt. “I haven’t had a proper swim outdoors in so long.”
“Well, get going then,” you turn to him, eyeing him up and down while trying your best to keep your cool. “There are barely any people so you won’t be disturbed.”
“Hey, you said you’d join me,” he pouts.
“And I will, after you do your laps,” you smile, knowing that he needs to do those before doing any leisure swimming. “I’ll have a good view from the lounge chairs here. And then a closer look later on when I’m in there with you. I’ll soak up the sun first before getting in the water. It’s more refreshing that way.”
“Fine,” he sighs. “Don’t bail on me, okay?”
“I won’t, I promise,” you smile.
“And uh, try not to drool too much.”
He’s running to the one end of the pool before you could respond. But you watch him from a distance exchange words with the lifeguard on duty then turn to your direction to give you a cheeky wink before he dives in the pool.
Your annoyance at how he’s been enjoying teasing you quickly dies down once you watch him glide in the water. He’s so graceful, as he does butterfly strokes so effortlessly, his broad shoulders and taut arms doing most of the work that you can see, but you know his thighs are working overtime, too.
Your eyes follow his every move and he’s so captivating like this, especially with the sun glistening on his honeyed skin. You don’t doubt the kind of career he would’ve had if he pursued the sport. You’re sure he would’ve excelled and made it to the national team if he wanted to - he’s just that good, and it’s something that others have said about him, too.
But then again, you wouldn’t have met him if he went to a different university, and that’s a thought that terrifies you. Maybe you’d still meet him at a chance encounter if the universe willed it, but you think the way you ended up together is exactly how things should’ve happened.
He returns to where he started and half his body emerges in the water. He turns to you with a smile and a thumbs up. You return the gesture and make a show of cheering for him, earning you a chuckle.
He does a few laps of freestyle while you settle in the lounge chair. You still have a good view of him but you’re able to do so comfortably now with a little less lust and a lot more admiration.
By the time he’s doing backstrokes, you’ve moved to the stairs where you’re already in your bathing suit, ready to join him. He swims towards you and walks up the steps, your eyes now following the water that’s dripping down his torso.
“I didn’t drool,” you tell him proudly.
He playfully shakes his head and chuckles.
“Cute,” he hums.
He reaches out his hand and pulls you towards the water, and once you submerge yourself in it, you moan quietly at how refreshing it feels. You quickly swim towards the other side and lay your arms over the edge to get a better look at the view.
You sigh in relief at how beautiful it is, even more with Jungkook beside you who has a bit of sparkle in his eyes. He grew up not far from here, and he shared during the drive how his family would often head to Haeundae beach on a weekend. He’d enjoy it despite how busy it could get. This is his childhood, and you’re glad that you get to share in this moment with him.
“You know Kook, I was just thinking earlier that if you chose to do this professionally, you would’ve been such a star, skills-wise and looks-wise,” you say as you turn towards him.
“Yeah?” He cocks his eyebrow.
“Totally. And then I imagined you being part of the swim or water polo olympic team and showing up on TV with your wild abs and sweet smile and social media would explode with edits and thirst tweets about you and then you’d be invited to variety shows and be on magazines and get endorsements,” you ramble. “Imagine if you decided to pursue that now? I’d be the kind of girlfriend who’d be cheering so loudly during your matches and maybe trash talking your opponents.”
He laughs at the last sentence but he thinks you’re not wrong.
“I think you’ll be the type to have a burner account and reply to tweets criticizing me,” he hums.
“Oh, I’d do it on a burner and my personal account,” you state. “Imagine how much I could shut them up?”
“You could,” he laughs. “But they’re also either paid to do that, or are bots and aren’t real people.”
“And then I’d hire hackers to find those shits and message their parents and expose them online,” you continue, disregarding what he said. Your face distorts in anger at the thought that he’d get any hate if he really did pursue a different career path. “I mean, who in their right mind would criticize you?!”
“You’ll never know,” he shrugs. “People always find something to complain about other people they don’t know. But hey, it’s a good thing neither of us have to deal with that, right?”
“True. We live such humble and unproblematic lives away from prying eyes,” you nod. “But… have you ever thought about it? About the kind of life you would’ve lived if you decided to take swimming seriously?”
“Hmm, not really. It’s not like being part of the Olympic team was assured, anyway,” he reasons. “And it just… stopped being a dream. Once I started teaching, I was sure I wasn’t gonna regret doing it. Somehow I just knew that’s what I was meant to do, you know? Plus, it meant going to our university, meeting the friends I’d have for life, and getting together with you. I’d choose those in any lifetime.”
You smile at his words, knowing that it’s not just him being sweet or flattering you; they’re his most sincere thoughts. But you’re glad you made it to the top three things that make his current life worthwhile, knowing that he could be living a totally different one had he chosen to study somewhere else.
You think it’d still be a good one though - he’d be doing something he loves and he’d be making amazing friends since you think he just naturally attracts good people. Maybe he’d be dating someone who deserves him, too.
But this is the one he’s living now and considering how much you’re a part of it, you think it’s pretty good. It makes you think of the billion choices a person makes in their life. We never know if they’re right or wrong but we stand by them, and they make us who we are.
You wonder if you chose to join your sister in her art classes after school instead of reading your textbooks while waiting for her to finish, would you have been less studious? And would that have made you less inclined to be a researcher? Then maybe you wouldn’t be living the life you have now, and there’s a chance you wouldn’t have Jungkook in it, and—
A kiss on your lips disturbs your thoughts, and Jungkook’s soft eyes look back at you when you look at him questioningly.
“Whatever it was you were thinking, just know I’m glad I’m with you the way I am right now,” he says.
He probably already sensed your mind going elsewhere as it always does and instead of asking you where it went, he chooses to assure you about what you mean to him. And it’s exactly what you need.
You hug him in response and ease your mind back into the present with pecks on his cheek. He’s who you should be focusing on right now, so you foolishly suggest a race between you two just for fun even if you know you’re no match for him. You secretly like it when he’s a bit cocky.
Jungkook laughs but agrees to your 20-second early start. He leans his back against the edge, endeared by your movements and the fact that you’re freestyling diagonally, before he starts swimming to eventually beat you.
You feel like you’ve been at it for so long and you pause, thinking that you’re only a few meters away from the end, only to learn that you’re just past halfway, and Jungkook is already on the other side, laughing at you.
But instead of teasing even more, he urges you to keep going, cheering you on as if you’re competing at a tournament. So you do.
You keep swimming that you don’t realize you’re at the end, and you hit your head on the wall because you arrogantly chose not to wear the goggles that Jungkook advised you to use.
“Oh babe,” he chuckles as he swims towards you, and it’s now you realize that you started swimming sideways somewhere along the way.
He cradles your head in his arms before turning you to face him.
“You’re always hitting your head when you’re around me.”
You know he’s alluding to that boat incident in Jeju, something that he occasionally teases you about, especially after you gave him a lowdown of the thoughts that plagued your mind during that afternoon.
You pout at him in response to his smug face, and he scrunches his nose in endearment. Then he pulls you in a hug and kisses the top of your head that you just hit. He thinks you could’ve gone another few hundred meters, and you’re really not as out of shape the way you say you are.
The fact that you’re able to swim the entire length of this massive pool already says a lot even if you’re a bit out of breath. He knows you’re neutral about swimming - it doesn’t excite you as much but you don’t mind it.
Waking up early to join him already makes him feel good, even if he knows you prefer just watching him do his thing, but even that makes him feel hot all over. He’s not sure when he’ll get used to your reactions to him and he’s noticed you try to temper it. He hopes you never do, though, and it’s not for his ego or anything; he just likes being the cause of your intense emotions and desire.
You and Jungkook spend the next 15 minutes leisurely swimming about before lounging on the chairs to dry up. But then he orders a burger then decides to go for one last lap, with you whining that he’s gonna drip all the way to your room and you don’t have time for him to dry up all over again.
He insists that it’ll be fine, and while he does leave some droplets in the elevators all the way to your bedroom, he manages to not make much of a mess.
Your friends are back, too, and they’re all taking turns in their shared bathroom to wash up before heading for the breakfast buffet. Jungkook hints at joining you in your shower, but you put up a strong front and say no.
“Kook, the last time we took a bath together, we took up an hour,” you remind him. “It’ll take us longer together than if we did it separately.”
“Well…” he smirks at you, clearly reminiscing about that time and the different ways he took you in the shower.
You were in Gangwon for a field visit one weekend and decided to spend the night, and after telling him, Jungkook took the train to meet you so he could spend it with you. The bathrooms in your apartments aren’t spacious enough for you two, but the one in the hotel you stayed at was. You ended up requesting a late checkout the next day because you took a bath longer than you should have, just like the night before.
Much as the thought excites you - somehow he looks even hotter when he’s wet from a shower - you’ll be pressed for time. You don’t want to end up stressing the rest of the day just because you were horny.
“Tonight,” you promise him as you wrap your arms around his neck.
“And if you’re too tired and end up falling asleep again?” He cocks his eyebrow.
“I won’t!” You try to convince him. “I want to make the most out of our last night here because we are definitely not gonna be able to do as much once we’re at your parents’ house.”
“Well, we could always just book a room in a less fancy place for our last night,” he suggests.
“Kook, your parents invited us. They sounded really excited,” you remind him.
“They are,” he smiles now. “They asked me for your favorite food yesterday because they were in the market. I said you’re easily satisfied like me. They also cleaned my room and dusted all my awards because they wanted to brag about me to you.”
“Ugh, they’re so cute,” you groan, your cuteness aggression now extending to Jungkook’s parents because they truly are adorable.
He smiles and kisses your forehead. He knew that suggesting taking a bath together would push it but it was worth a try. He’s not upset one bit; just being with you in his hometown is enough to make him happy. And like you said, there’s always tonight. The last time you and your friends had a night out, you were unable to resist him and ended up confessing your feelings.
“Go take a shower,” he says now. “I’ll just mentally prepare myself to meet your family again.”
“It’s my nieces and nephews you have to be worried about,” you warn him. “Once they find out what you do for a living, they’re not gonna leave your side.”
Jungkook laughs and says he’ll prepare for that, too. Seokjin had mentioned that not long ago. The kids have grown up and are never out of energy. They recently got into sports, too, and are in that phase where they wanna try and learn everything. It’s good for their development for sure, but that just means constantly asking your family and extended family members to play tag or whatever else their creative minds could think of.
But he’s ready for that. He’s got your family to impress and an athletic image to uphold. He also just really wants to see you smile because that’s what you do when those kids are happy.
“I’ll make sure to stretch before meeting them, then.”
You giggle before entering the bathroom, knowing that Jungkook doing prep work before meeting your nieces and nephews might be a bit too much.
You savor your bath time and run today’s schedule in your head for the nth time. It’s all straightforward but you want to make sure you get to properly celebrate with your family and friends. You wipe yourself dry and call out to Jungkook to let him know that he can start in the shower while you do your skincare but you’re left with no response.
You wonder if he’d left the bedroom so you open the door, only to find him doing pushups next to your bed.
“Oh. You were serious…” you say, as your eyes take their time in watching your boyfriend push himself off the floor, with his taut arms and broad back hypnotizing you.
“It’s the last part of my workout,” he informs you, as he stands up and wiggles his eyebrows at your staring. “I do this all the time. But I did stretch earlier so I’m now physically ready.”
You burst into laughter. “Kook, they may have so much energy but they’re still just kids.”
“You forget that I work with kids. Half an hour with the year ones and I’m already spent,” he reminds you. “Plus, Seokjin told me about that one time he and Hayoung took them to a kid’s cafe and he gave up 15 minutes in. He said they kept going from one game to another and he got so tired that he fell asleep in the sandpit.”
“True. I mean, they’re gonna need a new victim since Seokjin will be busy tonight,” you hum. “You’re actually the one with the most patience.”
“Exactly.”
“Alright then. Finish your stretching then take a shower.”
“Will do now,” he says.
He hums under the gush of water while you fix up at the nearby vanity. He walks over to you soaking wet, and you groan at him for drenching the floor again.
“Just wanted to remind you what you missed out on,” he smirks, as he wipes himself dry beside you.
“I pride myself in having self-control, excuse you,” you bite back.
“Alright. Let’s see about that later,” he laughs mockingly before walking out, clearly still teasing you as he doesn’t even wrap himself with the towel.
It’s just his toned ass and delicious thighs, slowly disappearing from view.
You pout at yourself in the mirror but then again, not like there’s anything to complain about.
He returns to your side in his boxers now and starts putting on moisturizer. Wanting to always hit him back, you remark that the bathrobe is too heavy so you remove it, leaving you the one completely naked this time.
Jungkook doesn’t react for the first five seconds. But once he finishes putting lotion on his arms, he immediately stands behind you and wraps his arms around your waist. It’s kisses on your back and torso before you know it, and you squeal in an attempt to reprimand him, but even he knows you’re enjoying it.
“What’s the point of not taking a shower together if you’re just gonna do this anyway?” You whine.
“The point is that we’re dry.”
“That does not make any sense,” you groan, as you watch him continue to kiss you while you remain unmoving.
You eventually concede though, because anytime Jungkook expresses his desire for you like this, you can’t help but feel warmth. Which is actually quite comforting.
“Okay now I’m starving. For actual food,” he says. “Let’s go!”
Both of you finally get dressed and walk with Jimin, Taehyung, and Mo-eum to the hotel restaurant. The rest of your friends have already taken their seats, so you join them and pick your spots.
Namjoon and Hoseok apparently worked out this morning, too, and when you ask Yoongi if he’d just gotten out of bed, he nonchalantly says that he and Gyu-rim went for a coffee run earlier. He blinks rapidly right after then quickly looks away before saying that he’ll just get more of the noodle soup at the buffet table. Gyu-rim excuses herself to go to the comfort room and heads the opposite direction.
You and your friends look at them then at each other, curious as to what might’ve happened.
“Okay, it’s either they confessed during their little coffee date or one of them almost did then chickened out so now it’s awkward,” Jimin suspects.
“It’s highly likely that’s Yoongi because he only ever gets cold feet when it comes to Gyu-rim,” Hoseok fondly says.
“What’s there to be nervous about?” You say. “It’s Gyu-rim, she–”
You pause, as nine pairs of eyes look at you questioningly. You’re unsure if Gyu-rim told anyone else about her feelings for Yoongi and you don’t want to do it for her.
“She’s so chill, you know?” You say instead. “Nothing really fazes her.”
“You can say the same for Yoongi but not when it comes to Gyu-rim,” Seokjin hums. “I mean, I’d know.”
Seokjin would, and that’s either because Yoongi’s his best friend, or he knows exactly what Yoongi’s feeling because it’s probably the same as what he felt. But you don’t push and instead let Namjoon remind everyone to not meddle. It’s always more exciting that way, he reminds you all, even if it could also get frustrating.
You continue with your two plates of food as Yoongi returns followed by Gyu-rim. It’s not long after when Seokjin and Hayoung excuse themselves to start getting ready. Your older friends and Taehyung follow soon after to help them, so you’re left with Jimin, Jungkook, and Mo-eum who continue talking about the other potential relationship in your group.
You watch in entertainment as Jimin and Mo-eum bounce off their observations, and you remark that this is what they were probably doing behind your and Jungkook’s backs.
“Oh, totally. We’d even do it while you’re in the bathroom or something and then change topics when you return,” Mo-eum hums as she chews on her rice cake. “Like, remember when you were whining the weekend after Jeju because Kook got tasked to chaperone for a school trip so he couldn’t go to your apartment?”
“Oh god,” you shake your head, and you all quickly get into narrating how your respective conversations went.
It’s funny in hindsight, knowing now that Jungkook was missing you the way you were missing him. You still felt upset that time, though, and you don’t want to feel that frustration ever again.
You finally finish your meal and head to the lobby to meet your family who just arrived from your town in Gwangju. They’ll be checking in early, and you wanted to make sure they were settled first before you started preparing yourself.
It’s warm greetings when you see your parents and they excitedly hug Jimin and Mo-eum. When it’s Jungkook’s turn, your mother beams even more, and she engulfs him in her arms and sighs, as if in relief.
“Oh, Jungkook. What a lucky woman our daughter is,” she smiles. “We won’t ever have to worry about her starving or not eating delicious food.”
“Ah, well, she’s not hard to please,” Jungkook chuckles, earning him a pout from you. “But I’m… I’m just glad I get to take care of her.”
“What a sweet man,” your mother gushes, and you nudge her and warn not to scare him away. “She needs that. She’s too busy saving the world and has to be reminded to look after herself, too.”
“She does,” Jungkook smiles. “But she’s been doing well in that regard. It helps when you’ve got good people around you.”
“Of course,” your father says now. “You’re all so lucky you have each other. And that both of you ended up together. Seriously, it’s such a relief. You’ll understand it if you become a father - you’re constantly praying that your children find good and responsible partners that they’ll spend their lives with and so there’s this nervousness every time they introduce someone. We’re lucky that her siblings found them and well, you’re the first one that ___ has properly introduced as her boyfriend and we’re just relieved that it’s someone like you. We adore your parents, too, so whew, no in-law drama and–”
“As you can tell, I got the rambling genes from him,” you interject, earning you laughter from your friends, especially Jungkook who scrunches his nose in entertainment.
“Not obvious at all,” Jungkook chuckles.
But your father’s smile softens and this means a lot to you, too. Your parents were never the type to pressure you into getting married right away, only because you established early on that your career is very, very important to you. Finding a partner is something that could be delayed, or even given up if it was your choice.
But it doesn’t mean that they don’t hope that you find someone who would accept you for all that you are, including your dreams for yourself, because they do. It’s something they tell your siblings, which they tell you, so you’re glad you can appease your parents this time.
Jungkook is the type you’d proudly introduce to your family. Even if he can get a bit shy sometimes, like now, as his hand searches yours once they ask him about work and other things. You adore your parents; they could just get a little overwhelming sometimes. You suppose it runs in the blood.
You thumb his hand in assurance, and he seems to calm down a bit once he talks about his students and what he teaches them based on the year level. He also talks about the extra-curricular activities he organizes for the school. It’s something he’s proud about but he doesn’t get to always talk about it this way, so you’re glad he’s able to share this with your parents. You suppose they have more reason to want to get to know him like this and you don’t mind, not when they seem really impressed, too.
Your chat is interrupted with the front desk staff saying that their rooms are ready and your nieces and nephews entering the lobby after playing in the playground right outside. Your brothers already look tired and it’s not even lunch time.
You say your goodbyes for now as they head to their rooms and you return to yours. You and Mo-eum hog your bathroom so you both could do your makeup while Jimin and Jungkook play video games outside, even with your constant reminder for them to get ready soon.
You get dressed with Mo-eum in your bedroom then let Jungkook in so he could dress up, too. His breath visibly hitches at the sight of you, and you shyly smile in response.
But there’s nothing to be nervous about, not when you look the way you do in your sweetheart gown. He’s seen you in formal looks many times before but not like this, and not since he started liking you, which he reminds himself was barely a year ago. There are still so many things that will feel new or different this time around despite having known each other for so long.
And that includes seeing you look so stunning that he can’t help but sigh in amazement.
“How do I look?” you ask, turning around to show him the entirety of the dress, which also happens to be low-back.
He doesn’t really have the right words for it, but he takes your hand and kisses it.
“You look really good,” he says under his breath.
You settle with a nod, unable to control your smile with how visibly affected he is, especially as he pulls you closer and softly kisses your bare shoulder. That itself leaves goosebumps on your skin; you can’t wait to know how it’ll feel later on.
You turn towards the closet to hand him his clothes this time. You help him when you can, and you learn that Jungkook, too, looks breathtaking in formal wear, especially with his thin necktie and the white dress shirt that beautifully hugs his toned upper body.
He heads to the bathroom to style his hair while you attempt to put on your heels, and not only are you unsuccessful, you’re also left speechless once Jungkook appears before you. It’s the slightly parted hair, you think. You decide that this slick, confident style is the mature look; you’d take this over his leather jacket any day.
“How do I look?” He dares ask, as if your ogling doesn’t say enough.
“Do you want the G-rated answer or the X-rated one?”
He laughs in response, truly never ready for what you have to say.
“Hmm, what about you tell me the G-rated version now,” he hums as he bends down to help you buckle your heels, “and then you can show me the X-rated answer tonight?”
“I can do that,” you smirk, slightly lifting your dress to show a bit of leg as he finishes with your shoes.
He helps you stand up and you fix his necktie before smiling at him.
“You look so handsome, Kook. Seriously. I might have to pull you away from the kids if they hog you later.”
“Hey, I’m gonna need to be in their good graces, too,” he chuckles. “But I’ll just be near you, okay?”
“I was just teasing. I think,” you say. “But hey, it’s Seokjin and Hayoung’s wedding. We have to enjoy it. Don’t worry too much about my family because they already like you.”
“As if you’re not wanting to impress my parents, too,” he teases.
“Oh god yeah. Please make sure I don’t do anything stupid in front of them,” you start to panic. “I might ramble about your amazing genes and how they conceived you so perfectly.”
He laughs again.
“Well, they won’t be at the yacht party so you can let loose then. Just don’t… hit your head or anything again, yeah?”
You playfully roll your eyes before opening the door and he follows behind. You smile at Jimin in his adorable bowtie and Mo-eum in her classy strapless dress and ask for their help to make sure that you don’t embarrass yourself in front of Jungkook’s parents.
“Hmm, I don’t think they’d mind if you do,” Jimin hums as you all walk down the hallway. “I think it’ll assure them that you’re not presenting yourself to be someone perfect for their son, only to end up betraying him.”
You sigh at the thought.
“And hey. Kook really, really and I mean, really likes you. That’s the only thing that matters to them.”
The four of you separate once you arrive at the 15th floor. Jungkook and the guys head to Seokjin’s room while you and Mo-eum squeal once you enter Hayoung’s suite. She’s already made up and there are several more photos taken before she gets into her dress, which Gyu-rim and Suhyeon help her wear.
It’s not long before you go to another room on a different floor where Seokjin and Hayoung finally see each other. It’s also where their families will greet them before the ceremony starts.
There are lots of tears and so much squealing throughout the whole hour that it happens. Seokjin’s rich family members are mostly humble and have a good sense of humor whereas your entire clan is a little too energetic. It’s definitely not balanced out but you end up laughing for most of it because there’s always a joke or remark that makes it through the crowd.
But you see Seokjin always turns to Hayoung, his eyes softening as he watches his bride enjoy the moment just like he is, just like how he always tells her to. There’s so much trust and promise in the way he looks at her, and it’s the kind that’s built over time. It may seem a bit too early but you hope you and Jungkook get to that point one day.
“They’re so cute,” Jungkook whispers in your ear amidst all the chatter. “Who would have thought that the corniest guy in the world could have the softest smile?”
“Well, he’s looking at the love of his life,” you say. “That’s reserved for only her.”
Jungkook nods in agreement and looks at his friends. Behind all the jokes and the contagious laughter is a man who’s truly so in love, and Jungkook is happy he gets to witness it.
Your time eventually comes to an end and you’re all escorted to the large balcony where cocktails are being served while the bride and groom remain for more photos. You take one sip of champagne before handing it over to Mo-eum once you see Jungkook’s parents, who happen to be talking to your parents, too.
They greet you with the warmest hugs and gush at how you look. You’re left feeling a bit flustered at the compliments and respond with the G-rated version of what you think of their son’s outfit.
Both your parents have met each other many times and they talk just as any couple friends do. There’s a lot of praising each other’s kids and you thank the heavens that they get along early on. Jungkook’s parents even talk about your stay at their house tomorrow and your parents take this opportunity to invite the Jeons to your grandparents’ farm. You come up with possible dates and agree to firm up the plans in the coming weeks.
Not long after, all the guests are asked to head inside the hall for the mid-afternoon ceremony, and you separate from your parents to sit at the round table with your friends at the front.
As expected, the guests erupt in cheers and applause once the bride and groom are revealed behind the large doors. They look so perfect together, and you at least get to gush with your other cousins about how Hayoung copped herself a truly handsome guy when she proclaimed she was going to be a nun when she was a teenager.
The vows end in tears, as Seokjin surprisingly goes into serious mode and expresses his most sincere emotions that surprises even his best friends.
“This could've been left in a letter that I’d be reading to you tonight but I want everyone to know that I will love you in words, I will love you in action, and I will love you with every breath,” he says, as he wipes the corner of his eyes. “I’ll always be thankful to the chickens that chased you and had you yelling and laughing like crazy because that’s when I knew that I liked you. Your laughter changed my life, Hayoung. And I hope to never live a day without it.”
It’s a special moment you all share. It’s the first wedding in your friend group; they also happen to be the couple that you all look up to and seek comfort from. The emotions spill over to the speeches that Namjoon, Taehyung, Suhyeon, and Hayoung’s sister make.
Before you know it, the newlyweds are walking out the hall for a change and you’re all buzzing from what just happened. The reception commences soon after, and it’s delicious food after delicious food that’s served that gets you and Jungkook jumping in your seats and moaning to yourselves.
The socializing bit begins and you take the time to catch up with your other cousins. It’s midway through one conversation when you realize you haven’t seen Jungkook in a while. You look around the hall but eventually find him out the balcony, racing with your nieces and nephews. They squeal in disappointment when they lose and in excitement when they almost win, and while they take turns to go ahead, Jungkook’s the one who runs solo.
“Five-minute break,” he yells, as he heaves while walking towards you.
You hand him a glass of water and chuckle at how he obviously is quite tired but is still willing to go a few rounds with the kids.
“What have they asked you to do?”
“Well, other than running, we’ve raced by hopping and jumping on one leg,” Jungkook answers. “They wanted to crawl, too, but I used the adult card for that one and said no.”
“They spend a lot of time outdoors so they come up with a bunch of different things,” you laugh, already used to them and their different games.
“As they should,” Jungkook hums. “Which is why I’m going along with it. I mean, they’re at a wedding. It’s an event for adults. What else are they supposed to do?”
“Hmm, that’s true. But thanks for keeping them company,” you smile. “You deal with kids enough at work and now you’re doing that here, too.”
“Because it’s fun!” He beams. “Plus, So-you asked me if I’m your boyfriend because I keep kissing your cheek and she’s never seen anyone do that with you so she’s a little protective. I need her on my side.”
“She’s a little too smart for her own good. I told her once that I don’t really wanna have a boyfriend so she’s quite sus with me,” you laugh. “But she’ll come around. She loves the water so if you teach her how to swim, she’ll be impressed.”
“That’s already on tomorrow’s agenda,” Jungkook says. “One of your uncles told them I’m a swimmer and they got excited. They already told me to meet them at 9 sharp and that they’ll tell your parents if I don’t show up.”
“Bunch of brats. I love them so much,” you chuckle. “Well, there goes our Sunday morning.”
“At least it’s not too early. We can stay up tonight,” he smirks.
“Well, we won’t if you’re the one who uses all his energy and falls asleep right away,” you point out.
“Oh, you know better than challenging me like that.”
You actually do, which is why you did. He’s gonna want to prove a point and he’s sexy when he does. You’re unsure if he’s caught on that you like challenging him so he’d do what you actually want him to, but he does it anyway.
Before you could answer, Haneul is yelling that five minutes is up and that the jumping jacks race is about to start. Jungkook, truly wanting to prove himself to them, removes his suit and hands it over to you.
You watch in amusement as he makes his way across the covered path, jumping up and down with his arms swinging over his head. The kids are shrieking while he heaves, but they cheer him on. At this point, some of them, tired from all the running and screaming, are already seated on the bench next to you, giggling.
“I don’t even know why Jungkook is doing this,” you chuckle as you watch him win the race.
He’s not even letting them win as a courtesy.
“He’s in a competition with So-you,” Ha-yul says of her cousin.
“What competition?” You ask.
Your 8-year old niece merely shrugs and wraps her arms around your waist and continues to watch on. Knowing her, she probably knows what they’re competing for but you don’t prod. Jungkook will probably tell you later.
You instead ask her about her family’s recent trip to Jeju and she beams with joy once she talks about the dolphins she saw swimming in the ocean.
“They look so magical, auntie. Even from afar,” she smiles. “Did you see them when you were there?”
The question sparks a memory. A very special one.
“Yes, I did,” you gush, recalling how you wanted to hold Jungkook’s hand then because of the overwhelming beauty of nature and the exhilaration of accepting your feelings for him. “It was so pretty.”
“Did you see them with anyone?” She asks, looking up at you now.
“Yeah. I was with him,” you reply, gesturing towards the man who’s somehow ended up teaching the kids how to do a high kick.
“Are you sure you were even looking at the dolphins?”
You turn to Ha-yul with her doubtful eyes and crossed arms.
“Yes, I was, you smarty-pants,” you chuckle, pinching her adorable cheeks. “Jungkook was the one who told me about them so we went to this spot to watch the sunrise and then the dolphins showed up right after.”
“Hmm. That’s very sweet,” she replies, slowly smiling. “I like him for you, auntie. He makes you smile a lot.”
“He does, doesn’t he?” You giggle, feeling the heat rush to your cheeks at the thought that even your niece can see it. “I like him for me, too.”
You eventually go back inside after feeling a bit hungry despite all the food you ate earlier. You yell for Jungkook to follow you, knowing he’d want to munch on something after the series of physical activities he just did. Your nieces and nephews fortunately drain their energy and run towards the hall, too, and you overhear them tell their parents that “uncle Jungkook is so cool!”
You gush at him, knowing that he achieved his goal of impressing them, though you don’t think it would’ve been difficult. He’s natural with kids and you got to see that today. It’s even more special to you because they’re your family - people you love and adore, and it means so much that they accept him.
Even your cousins seem to like him, too. One of them talks to Jungkook about teaching, another about swimming, and another about taekwondo. The conversations move to sports in general, and then video games, and then music and their favorite beer and whiskey brands. You leave them alone, not wanting to cling to Jungkook’s side the entire time.
So you hang out with your siblings while your other friends stay nearby. By this time, the number of guests has started to dwindle. The ceremony and reception are long over but there’s still lots of food and drinks being served. The sunset yacht party for close friends and family will start soon, and you’re all just waiting for the go-signal to start heading to the port.
You walk towards the bar for a glass of soda when you stop in your tracks at a sight that you didn’t think you’d see. There by the counter is Gyu-rim, giggling shyly and Yoongi, chuckling, too, while he pulls her close to him and whispers something in her ear. She laughs once more then their hands slowly move down, their fingers grazing before he places her hand firmly in his.
Your jaw drops and you blink multiple times to make sure it’s real.
It is. And you seriously want to scream in excitement.
But you scurry back to your friends instead.
“Oh my, oh my, oh my,” you catch your breath. “It’s happening!”
“What’s happening!” Mo-eum rushes to you with a slice of cake in her hand.
The rest of your friends slowly gather around you and you direct their sights to the bar where Yoongi and Gyu-rim are still definitely being all shy and affectionate.
“Who is it?” Jimin asks, squinting his eyes to try to see what has all of you gasping and freaking out.
“Gyu and Uncle!” You squeal at him.
“What! Wait, I’m blind!” He groans.
And just as you’re about to tell your best friend to be subtle, he’s already off near the bar to get a closer look, and his own gasps alert the pair that you’re all onto them.
But Yoongi just turns to your table and raises his glass in both confirmation and celebration.
And Gyu-rim just smiles. She’s no longer just doing it internally, that’s for sure.
They eventually walk towards your table and you can sense the restraint your friends have in bombarding them with questions. Except for Jimin.
“How! When!” He goes on. “I manifested this. I envisioned this. I prayed for this! When did you–”
“Coffee. This morning,” Yoongi answers.
“So did you two just look at each other and then have a silent understanding of your feelings?” Taehyung wonders.
“Sorta,” Gyu-rim hums. “The distance between us just kept getting shorter and then he… uh, he just held my hand and I held it tighter and then we just… I guess, kinda knew.”
“How on brand,” you remark.
“Yeah, just like your confession,” Jungkook, who suddenly appears next to you, whispers in your ear.
“At least I confessed first,” you stick your tongue out at him.
“Then why were you awkward during breakfast?” Mo-eum asks the pair.
“It was fresh,” Yoongi shrugs. “And we weren’t sure how to act without you guys freaking out.”
“We were still talking about you though,” Jimin informs him.
“I’m sure you started it,” Yoongi deadpans.
“Of course I did,” Jimin winks.
“So why now?” Taehyung asks. “What pushed you to finally confess?”
“I didn’t wanna waste any more time,” Yoongi sighs.
“And I couldn’t deny it any longer,” Gyu-rim pipes in.
“And well, I was thinking about those two,” Yoongi adds, his gaze turning to you and Jungkook now. “There are lots of things going on in our lives. I could be one serendipitous encounter away from letting her get away. I don’t really think I could live with that.”
“Gosh, our impact,” you whisper to Jungkook after softly smiling at the new couple.
He just wraps his arm around your waist and pulls you closer. He’ll always be glad that things happened the way they did with both of you, and he’d go through a decade of friendship and periods of distance and confusion if it means having you like this.
You all continue to gush and talk about all that happened today until you’re told that you can now head to the port. You’re transported in coaches then you make your way to the large yacht where there’s more food and drinks, hanging lights, and a saxophonist serenading the minimal guests.
There’s less squealing this time with the kids left behind in the hotel. It’s more relaxed now, as the many lounges offer so much space to enjoy the scenery, the almost cool air, and each other’s company.
You and Jungkook constantly get separated, with your relatives pulling you over to them every five minutes. You can’t complain though, as you really don’t see them as much, but you also wish you could have more time to be with your boyfriend, perhaps hold his hand as you socialize, or gush at how he looks because he truly is so beautiful tonight.
But somehow, you find your way to each other once the sun starts to set. Between the purple and orange sky, the calm waves, and the jazz music, it’s a moment that you’ll truly treasure, especially with Jungkook’s arms around you, his chin tucked in that space by your shoulder, humming in amazement.
You don’t really need words for this moment. You just pull him closer to you and kiss the side of his face when you can, an act of extreme fondness and desire that you could offer him right now.
The dancefloor opens up and Seokjin and Hayoung are the first to slow dance. People soon follow, including you and Jungkook, whose hands just don’t want to separate from you. You feel quite overwhelmed and opt to gently lay your head on his chest, wanting to feel his heartbeat and the full warmth of his arms around you. You know it’s where you’ll always want to be.
His soft kisses on your head give you a kind of assurance that’s quite emotional. It’s as if he knows how much you feel and how deep you’re thinking and he’s there, not quieting your mind but encouraging it. It’s acceptance and respect that you don’t think you’ve ever felt with anyone before.
The music turns lively not long after. The drinking continues, too, leaving some guests in a rather unfiltered and perhaps wild state, including your friends.
There’s Jimin, Mo-eum, and Taehyung dancing around like always. There’s Hoseok with his now half unbuttoned dress shirt, not too subtly grinding with his girlfriend in the corner.
Then there’s Namjoon, yelling “fuck the government” towards the ocean, and Yoongi has to remind him to tone it down because he’s part of the government, and well, he’s a future public figure so this behavior might not be a good look.
“I’m thinking of quitting my job, actually,” Namjoon admits. “I’ll just have my own podcast and name it ‘the professional yapper’ and talk about all the things that fuck us over. And crabs. I’d like to talk about crabs.”
“Who hurt you?” Gyu-rim asks.
“I… I’m drunk,” Namjoon heaves.
“We know,” several of you say in unison.
But this is when his body starts to shut down. After releasing all his pent up anger, his energy drains and he gets sleepy. He doesn’t want to sit down, knowing he’d fall asleep and it’ll be difficult for anyone to carry him off the boat, so Jungkook stays by Namjoon’s side to make sure he doesn’t fall on the floor or into the water.
It keeps your boyfriend away from you again though, as he follows the older man everywhere, even outside the bathroom. But you don’t mind. Jungkook’s taken care of your friends during times like this and you know he won’t stop just because of you.
It’s already dark once the yacht returns to the port. It’s barely 10 PM but you’re full and exhausted. You’ve had a long day and you just want to have a nice bath like you promised Jungkook and well, do a lot more.
Jimin, Mo-eum, and Taehyung don’t want their night to be over yet so they head to the hotel bar to eat and drink some more. They don’t miss the chance to tease you and Jungkook about having the suite all to yourselves though but you run with it. It’s not like your desire for each other is a secret or something you suppress when you’re with your friends.
So you and Jungkook head back to your floor and once he enters your bedroom, he immediately climbs on the foot of the bed and lies down. With his loosened tie, he undoes another button of his dress shirt and releases a deep exhale.
Even you feel his tiredness from that one breath.
You stand by the window and just watch him, his arms and legs straightened out and his eyes closed. You take the time to admire him like this. His body’s breathtaking even with clothes on, and you let the X-rated thoughts fill your mind.
He mistakes your hardened gaze for annoyance, as he apologizes for lying on the bed with his day clothes. It’s one of your biggest pet peeves, and you once had an argument because he was tired from work and wanted to cuddle but you wouldn’t let him stay next to you on your bed until he showered. It was more of a banter, really, but you did sense his frustration when he dragged himself to your bathroom then slept right after lying on your side.
He sits up now and scoots to the edge of the bed.
“It’s okay, Kook. Rest there if you want to,” you assure him. “I don’t blame you, considering you were the cool uncle and the great friend tonight.”
“Those kids are relentless,” he chuckles. “And Joon is so heavy; it was a struggle getting him off the boat.”
“Well, he has a lot of angst to release but I’m sure he’s glad you helped him.”
“Yeah, but that meant I didn’t get to be with you much today,” he pouts now.
You smile at his sullen expression, as the realization that you spent much of the wedding being with other people hits him. Sure, you had dinner and the sunset viewing and that slow dance but with everything that happened today, it still doesn’t seem enough.
So you walk towards him and slightly lift your dress so you could sit on his lap. He shifts you around so you’re snug against him and he smirks.
“So you’re not mad that I lied on the bed in day clothes?”
“You were at the foot of it so it’s fine,” you wave him off. “That could be our compromise.”
“Okay then. So… will you show me the X-rated version of your thoughts now?”
You gaze at him - at his sparkling eyes and soft lips and chiseled jaw and think this view of him will always leave you breathless. The fact that you have this beautiful man wanting your attention blows your mind and you truly wish he’ll never get sick of you.
You bite your lip and nod before kissing him deeply, not holding yourself back now since you’ve been wanting to do this all afternoon. He returns your eagerness and moans against your mouth. He grips your waist and pulls you closer to him in an effort to eliminate whatever distance is left, which is none. You’re chest to chest now but that still doesn’t feel close enough.
Soft moans fill the room and your pleasure continues to build, especially with Jungkook grazing his fingers down your semi-bare back before slowly pulling off the straps of your dress. It triggers something inside you, as you now fiddle with his necktie, desperate to get it off.
You manage to untangle it and quickly undo the buttons of his shirt. He lets you do it on your own while his hands travel to the edge of the bed, and you feel him smile in the kiss that hasn’t stopped.
You finally remove his top then move to unbuckle his belt. Briefly pulling yourself from him, you eagerly undo his trousers and start pulling it off. He watches you from his seat on the bed while you bend down, and you cock your brow at his smug face. He looks like he’s really enjoying this.
“You letting me do all the work?” You tease.
“For now.”
You know what that means. And that just gets you more worked up. So you immediately undress and watch him watch your every move until you’re back on his lap, both of you now completely naked.
Your kisses turn even more heated. His grip on your waist tightens, and your nails on his shoulders dig a little deeper. You catch your breath and let him kiss down your neck, his teeth merely grazing your flesh, leaving goosebumps on your skin.
Your hand travels south, too, until they reach his hardened dick and you’re overwhelmed with an even more intense desire for him and everything he is.
You want him so bad, you think you’ll explode.
Jungkook feels you grip his length and grunt as your tongue flicks his lips. This is usually your tell.
“Let me just get the co—”
“No,” you interject, pulling away as you look at him with now wondering eyes.
“I… uh—”
“Well, do you want it inside you, at least?” He asks, gesturing towards his member that you haven’t let go of.
“Yes, I just… I just want it naked. Is that okay?”
It takes a few seconds for it to fully register to him what exactly you mean.
“You’re asking me if I want to be inside you without a condom?” He asks incredulously.
“Well, yeah. You said you’ve always used one,” you say.
“It was a precaution for a bunch of things,” he reasons. “And well, given what happened with the last girl I dated, I’m glad I did. But you said you’ve always used one, too.”
“Same reason,” you shrug. “But I really, really like you, Kook. And you’re so hot. And I hate the taste of latex when I suck you after.”
“Those seem like valid reasons,” he chuckles. “You feel really good even when I wear one so it doesn’t matter as much.”
“Yeah but, I don’t wanna do this with doubts or hesitation,” you sigh. “And I don’t wanna gatekeep.”
“You don’t wanna gatekeep… your vagina?”
“Yes. You say it’s really good down there. You can have all of it.”
Jungkook laughs out of amusement. You truly are unfiltered and bizarre sometimes but still very endearing.
“That’s your vagina though,” he reminds you. “I’m just a visitor.”
“And you can visit my coochie without clothes on! Like you’re free. Plus, you’re the only one who’s going in there so why not?”
He laughs again at your allusions and pulls you in for a hug.
“You drive me crazy, you know? And in the best way,” he says softly.
“Thank you for that clarification,” you pull away and giggle.
“So uh, shall I visit now?”
“Gotta prep you again first,” you gesture towards his flaccid dick.
“Oh. That won’t be hard,” he smirks.
You both burst into laughter but he does clarify that he’ll indeed get hard again; he just couldn’t pass up on the pun.
Jungkook softens at the look you give him. There’s this gentleness in it like always but it’s a little different this time. It's filled with even more trust. Perhaps appreciation and gratefulness, too? You often thank him for listening to all your thoughts and he gladly would. Everyday.
He loves that this is something both of you can easily talk about, which isn’t even the first time. And that just like him, you don’t want any reservations or doubts in your relationship. There’s so much clarity that he feels for you in such a short amount of time that he’s been with you and he doesn’t even question it.
Just this intimacy with you is everything he wants - there’s pleasure and intense desire but there’s playfulness, too. There’s warmth and comfort and that’s what being with you is like.
You gaze at each other with such yearning that it immediately turns into a heated kiss. You catch your breath and his mouth travels to your nipples, expertly lapping them up, causing you to tilt your head and moan. He takes the chance to kiss down your torso, leaving you panting once he makes it to the side of your waist, an erogenous part he recently discovered that he takes advantage of.
You return to kisses and your hands explore his chest before they grip his now hardened length. You moan at the feel of it, then thumb his tip before you lift yourself up and slowly slide down.
The sensation is different and you know he feels it, too. He hums and curses under his breath, pulling you close to nibble your neck while you grind against each other.
It really does feel liberating in an odd way, Jungkook thinks, just because he feels everything. You clench around him and it has him moaning.
This is the time when he does all the work, as he shifts you around to lie on the bed and you know it, too, biting your lip in anticipation for how hard he’s gonna go.
But he wants to focus on your pleasure first, so he dives down your cunt and kisses you in all the places he knows you like. He meets your eyes and hums to himself in satisfaction, knowing how much you’re enjoying this.
Once he feels your slick on his mouth, he gets on his knees and aligns himself with you, spreading your legs so he can get a good look of that naked entrance you were talking about.
You both moan once more, and Jungkook pushes in and out, familiarizing himself with the feeling that he knows he’ll keep having. You feel even more amazing like this; he just hopes he can keep it together and make this last longer.
“You okay, babe?” He pants.
“Yeah. It’s just like Pilates.”
He laughs again, having accepted that you’ll always have something fascinating to say even when he’s balls deep inside of you.
But he quickly gets back to that hypnotic feel, especially once he flushes your legs against your chest, allowing him to thrust into you intensely at a different angle.
You’re definitely not yet flexible enough so you’re a bit overwhelmed, but you let him chase his high just as he let you do so earlier with his skillful mouth and focus on the way he feels bare inside you. He knows how to use his beautiful dick and not to be cheesy, but it feels pretty special that no one else has ever felt him like this.
His thrusts start to get erratic and you know he’s close. He pulls away, pulls out, then pumps himself repeatedly until he’s spilling his seed on your torso. The pure look of pleasure and exhaustion on his face is so sexy, you feel like coming again.
He finishes and hovers over you, supported by his propped up arms with his damp hair and sweat dangling from his forehead. He’s panting and cursing under his breath as he pecks your lips, and you just watch him, enthralled by these little actions, knowing that your body made him feel that way.
“Let me just—”
He cuts himself off and walks to the bathroom then returns with a pile of tissues that he wipes you with. He apologizes as he does and you look at him softly, appreciating the gentleness and warmth on his face. He discards the soaked tissues and plops down next to you.
For a brief moment, you just look at each other, as if words aren’t enough to express what you want to say. It’s not just about the sex or the pleasure you both get from it. It’s not just the lust that courses through your veins and the desire for more.
It’s that feeling of security, you think to yourself. It’s falling quickly from cloud 9 but knowing you’re not gonna crash because not only is he there next to you, holding your hand while you fall, he’s assuring you that it’s not gonna hurt. The fall isn’t the kind where that happens.
Not like it’s some fairytale you’re in - although it might very well be - but there’s this trust that you both know what you’re getting into, that you know what you’re doing, that you just want to do what makes the other person happy.
Because that’s what you want. With Jungkook, you’re not chasing the high or some elusive happiness because you’re living it already. It’s in your grasp and you’re filled with it.
He smiles and you smile back. You snuggle close to him and softly kiss his lips. You want to repeat over and over again how much you like and adore and want him but it doesn’t feel enough so you settle for a hug and a bite of his cheek just because.
Jungkook chuckles and settles in this position next to you with caresses on your bare shoulder. He’s thinking of all that he feels for you until he hears your soft snores and he laughs again.
You catch yourself and ask him if you fell asleep.
“Wow, you’re tired?” He teases.
“Shut up. Pilates makes me tired. What more this?”
“Fair enough,” he hums. “Let’s have a bath then. It could help you relax.”
You immediately agree and get off the bed. You clean your face then prepare the tub, splashing in some bath salts and lavender oil. He stands next to you naked, looking every bit handsome that you can’t help but kiss him again.
He still shivers at your touch and that urges you, as your hand once more wraps around his length and desire overtakes you once more. You start bending down and Jungkook knows what you want. He stops you for a bit and grabs one of the small towels from the sink and places it on the floor, right where your knees are supposed to be.
You get back to it immediately and the absence of the taste and smell of latex is so satisfying. It urges you to do more. It’s perhaps the best suck you’ve given him and the sounds he makes spurs you on. You didn’t think it would ever feel this good for you.
You let him come in your mouth this time and the long exhale he makes lets you know that you did well. It’s the same time when the tub gets filled, and you both go inside, moaning at the feel of the warm water all over your tired bodies.
It’s quiet for a while. You suppose you’re both just soaking in everything, familiarizing yourselves with the silence and the fact that you get to enjoy this fancy bathroom where you can do whatever you want.
But Jungkook is the one who cuts through the sound of the bubbling water.
“You were so pretty tonight,” he says with his deep voice.
You scrunch your nose and smile, giddy at his compliment and the sincerity in which he gives it. Even after all you’ve done in just the past hour, this is what gets you all shy and giggly.
“Thank you,” you whisper. “You, well… I’ve told you both versions. But it was nice to see you being with my family, Kook. I know you’re usually shy around new people but you looked so natural with them. I really appreciate you trying.”
“I’ll admit, I was a bit nervous,” he chuckles. “You talk about your family a lot and you’re their baby. I wanted them to see that I’m good for you, you know? That I can take care of you because I’m sure that’s what they want for you.”
“That’s actually what one of my cousins said as they were leaving,” you smile. “And that my grandparents would’ve loved you.”
“Yeah?”
“She said you would’ve been a big help at the farm,” you chuckle.
“I’ll take that as a compliment,” Jungkook smiles. “I know that they put Seokjin to work that one time. He said he’s glad he was prepared because his uncle has a farm, too, but that was tough work. And it was worth it. They were charmed by him at the end.”
“It would’ve been the same with you,” you say, reminiscing about that trip from long ago.
Seokjin and Hayoung were dating for just three months when they visited your grandparents. He’s lucky he got their approval then. Two years later, your grandfather passed; your grandmother followed a year later.
But Jungkook got to meet them years before that as your friend and that still means something. Regardless, you think they’d adore him, too, if they were still around.
He smiles and kisses you. It's an affirmation he welcomes, and it’s one he got today from your entire family, especially from his biggest critics - your nieces and nephews.
You return Jungkook’s kiss and moan once his one hand travels to your clit and the other fondles your breast. It’s the perfect place for this, and you sigh in his hold with your back flushed against his chest as you anticipate reaching your peak.
And you do, with his expert fingers fiddling away while his tongue swirls in your mouth with such intensity. You crash from your high engulfed in his arms, and you really can’t ask for anything more.
You stay like that for a while longer before heading to the shower. You fool around again that by the time you finish, you’re worn out and eager to sleep.
“You’re waking up to go swimming with me and your family, right?” Jungkook asks you after you’ve turned the lamp off.
“Uh-huh,” you yawn, turning to hug him now.
His chest is taut and smooth and he smells like baby powder that you push your face against it out of sexiness aggression.
He laughs at you and accepts the new quirks you develop when it comes to him.
“Good. Let’s slee—”
You’re snoring before he could finish his sentence as he expected.
The perfect weekend may be halfway over but he’s loved every single moment with you. Including all the times you’d fallen asleep before he could even properly wish you goodnight.
You ask for a five-minute extension when your alarm rings the next morning but Jungkook isn’t having it.
“I might lose points from your nieces and nephews if I’m not down at the pool by 9,” he groans. “They made me promise. You can’t sabotage me like this.”
He pulls the cover off of you and you groan in response. You slightly open your eyes and find him standing beside your bed already in his swim shorts, arms crossed and looking impatient.
“They won’t do anything. You’re being dramatic,” you say.
“I’m being cautious,” he argues. “Come on, babe.”
“Fine,” you frown, getting off the bed and walking to the bathroom.
He follows you there and kisses your neck to get in your good graces and it works. You’re that weak for him and he knows this so he takes advantage. Sometimes you pretend to be angry or uncaring just so he’d butter up to you but his eye rolling and smirk tell you he knows exactly what you’re doing.
You finally get in your bathing suit and head to the indoor pool where the kids cheer when they see you and Jungkook. You think they’re excited because he promised to teach them how to swim this morning.
“You weren’t that excited when I taught you,” your cousin, Hae-dal, whines.
She was a competitive swimmer once upon a time, too.
“But you’re not a teacher, Ma,” Ha-yul says. “I couldn’t understand what you were saying.”
“She’s got a point,” you tell your cousin.
Once Jungkook starts teaching them how to do the basics and guiding them with their strokes, she concedes.
You didn’t really plan on swimming today but the kids dragged Jungkook and he couldn’t bail on them. He still would’ve come though; he really wanted to try the hotel’s indoor pool and you don’t blame him. It’s huge and fancy-looking. There’s an area for kids, too, so teaching them is easy. You watch him manage six excited children who all want his attention and like you expected, he’s able to give it to each one.
“He’s such a natural,” Hoseok’s voice cuts through your thoughts.
You turn and see that your friends and their partners are here, too, and are heading to the adult pool. You wave your greetings and signal that you’ll go to them later.
“He is,” you respond to your friend. “I never noticed it before.”
“Would you have liked him then if you did?”
“Maybe. But that doesn’t mean it’s a good thing,” you hum. “I wasn’t in a good headspace for years and I probably would’ve screwed us up.”
“And he probably would’ve fought to keep you.”
“You think so?” You wonder. “If I hurt him, then I don’t deserve him.”
“Only if you intended to, but we all know you wouldn’t. Not to him. And that’s because you’re a good person, ___. I hope you’ll never forget that.”
You look at Hoseok, a man you’ve known for years and someone you’d seek advice from every once in a while when things are tough because of how wise he is, so he knows your fears and your worries well.
He knows you’re afraid to disappoint people, that you don’t want to hurt the people you care about. And even as you’d told Jungkook last night that you want to continue with your relationship without doubts and fears, somehow this affirmation from Hoseok is something you also needed. And you wonder if it stems from a conversation he might’ve had.
He reads your mind, as he says that he, Jungkook, and Yoongi were chatting last night while making sure Namjoon didn’t fall over the yacht’s railing.
“Kook was just talking about not wanting to fail you. As a partner and as a friend.”
“Did you assure him that he wouldn’t?” You ask.
“I did. And I reminded him that he’s a good person, too, and hurting you isn’t something he’d just do.”
“Seems easy to say, huh?” You laugh dryly.
“People can fight and have misunderstandings and not hurt each other. That’s… kind of what a mature relationship is,” Hoseok advises. “I know you’re on the cusp of something really great - if you’re not there yet - and I thought that reminding you that you’re capable of having genuine, long-lasting and gentle and intense feelings for someone would help. Because you are, okay? Kook’s really happy that he gets to be with you.”
You smile and think that it’s indeed a good reminder. You and Jungkook have been on this honeymoon ride of laughter and playful bickering the past two months and this weekend has turned out to be a beautiful dream, too.
You feel so much for him and you don’t want to one day be overwhelmed by it that you start to doubt if you’re built for something enduring, like you want your feelings for him to be.
You told him months ago that you’re both good people who’ll find other good people meant for you and that you deserve. And both of you have. It’s quite serendipitous - all the times you comforted yourself at the thought that the person meant for you is just somewhere around, he’d been next to you all along.
“Thanks, Hoseok,” you turn to the man next to you. “I’m not surprised if Yoongi and Gyu-rim turn to you, too.”
“Oh, they already have. And it’s barely been a day,” he laughs. “And I say the same thing - they’re good people who deserve good things, too. And they’ve experienced so much that they know enough not to let go of the amazing things that come their way. But you and Kook - you’re like my babies. It makes me happy seeing both of you happy.”
“Well, I am. Very much.”
“And he is, too. But know that I’m just here, okay? We all are.”
You nod and hug him, assured even more that when things get tough, it’s your friends who'll help you and Jungkook find the way.
You finally head to the adult pool and greet your friends. By that time, Jungkook’s swimming lessons have ended, and he’s left the kids on their own to play around.
You dip in the water and stay close to Taehyung and Mo-eum while Jungkook does his laps. It turns out to be a spectacle, as your friends and family stop to watch him. He’s surprised when everyone erupts in cheers and he just laughs it off, content that he still has the skills to entertain, even if he’s certain that he’ll continue doing this for fun.
Swim time ends and you head to your rooms to wash up and prepare for an early lunch before you checkout. Your friends and family occupy several tables of the hotel restaurant and manage to not be too disruptive with how large your group is.
You fix your things and head to the reception then say goodbye to your relatives as they go back home. Your parents remind you and Jungkook about scheduling your visit to Gwangju and you promise that you will. Your nieces and nephews all take their time to hug your friends goodbye, especially Jungkook who they now say is their favorite uncle, a badge he says he’ll proudly wear.
It’s a short drive to Jimin’s father’s cafe where you and your friends go to for dessert, and he welcomes you all with your favorite cakes and pastries that have you jumping in your seat.
That’s where you separate. Seokjin and Hayoung go back to the hotel for another night before they fly to their honeymoon, Taehyung heads for the airport to return to New York, you and Jungkook drive to his parents’ house, and the rest of your friends journey back to Seoul. It’s goodbyes for now but the next lunch gathering is scheduled for when the newlyweds return and you can’t wait for that day to come.
“So, are you excited to go to my childhood home?” Jungkook asks as he turns the corner to his street.
“I’ve been to your house a few times before, Kook,” you remind him. “It’s nothing new.”
“Well, you’re going as my girlfriend this time. That’s a new experience.”
“What new experiences am I gonna have, huh?” You teasingly ask.
“Hand-holding under the table, hugs on my couch… make out session on my childhood bed,” he shrugs.
“Very tempting,” you say.
“And very doable. My parents might even gush and tell us that it’s okay to be affectionate because, uh, they’re not really used to that.”
“Hmm. Sounds good then,” you smile. “Can’t wait.”
The new experience turns out to include Jungkook’s parents telling their neighbors that their son has a girlfriend and that she’s very smart and beautiful.
Jungkook shakes his head in embarrassment, as the elderly couple were merely passing on their street and greeting them but his parents went ahead and bragged about you, which you actually think is quite cute. And a relief, because you were worried about what they thought of you. They’ve always been nice, but you want them to truly like you, and with the way they’re welcoming you into their home, you think they already do.
The new experience also includes being shown old home videos of Jungkook growing up, like his taekwondo competitions and trips to the beach. You’d seen some of his baby photo albums the few times you all went here as friends but there’s more this time, and you’re reminded of baby Jungkook’s chunky cheeks and perfectly round doe eyes.
There are photos of him being cradled by his mom and riding his dad’s shoulders and wearing costumes with his older brother. There are those from family trips and his kindergarten days. There are more of the embarrassingly adorable bowl cut hairstyle from middle school and the side bangs from high school.
That’s how you spend the afternoon - his parents and brother telling you all these stories, Jungkook covering his eyes in embarrassment and defending himself, and you, heaving from laughter.
They don’t even mind when you snort or say unfiltered things and that’s a comforting feeling. They look at you endearingly when you tell stories of Jungkook over the years and even recently, and you don’t miss the way his mom would sometimes touch your hand out of reflex and let it stay there.
She’s such a warm individual, and you feel that aura of comfort she exudes that Jungkook definitely took from her. She’s so bright and positive and you understand why she’s beloved by her students.
His father is very laid-back and slightly cheeky. He likes reminding you that it was Jungkook’s mom who confessed her feelings first because she found him very handsome, just like you did, and you see how Jungkook takes from his old man in that regard, too.
His older brother is quite introverted but has a good sense of humor, and you see why they get along so well, even if they insist it wasn’t always like that. But he seems very caring and attentive, and you’re reminded that Jungkook was raised by such good people.
You’re lucky you get to be part of this family, as what they say you are, with his mom insisting that you always were because of your decade-long friendship with her son but now, you hold a special place in it.
You continue talking with Mrs. Jeon and let her show you Jungkook’s awards cabinet while the men start preparing dinner, as it is in this household. Jungkook did tell you that this mom’s cooking isn’t the best so it was something they always did.
She asks you more about your work and takes interest in the research projects you did for child development. She asks about your college days, too, and how you and Jungkook were like back then.
You enjoy sharing about your life and your friendship with her son. You don’t know how much she knows but you talk about the past year and the trips you took and all the moments you had with him that turned out to be the serendipitous moments that brought you here.
“He really likes you, ___. Like, really, really likes you. I don’t know how else to put it,” she takes your hand and smiles. “He’s a lot more open about himself and he talks to us with this joy and calmness and we’re really happy about that. So thank you. If he does anything silly, let me know, okay?”
“I doubt he will but yes, Auntie,” you smile back. “I think this is the kind of thing that my parents will tell him, too.”
“Probably,” she chuckles. “But we’re parents, ___. At the end of the day, we just want our children to love and be loved. We want them to be happy. And that’s what he is when he’s with you.”
You bow in gratitude, as her words assure you. But love? It’s an exciting thought. You don’t know if it’s all too soon but you know where this whole thing with Jungkook is going, and it’s definitely heading there.
And just as your mind’s about to go elsewhere again, Mr. Jeon calls out that dinner is ready.
You excitedly walk to the dinner table and gasp at all they prepared. From the beef soup to the pajeon to the cold noodles and raw fish, your tummy rumbles in anticipation. And as you expected, everything is delicious.
You and Jungkook take turns in moaning and making these weird sounds you make when the food is good, and your shyness in front of his family slowly melts away. You talk more over dinner and even while you wash the dishes with his mom and then right after.
But you don’t stay up late, as you still have a long drive back to Seoul tomorrow afternoon. So you bid his parents and brother good night and take turns with Jungkook in washing up.
You’re exhausted by the time you’re in bed, your leg over his and your arms wrapped around his waist. You’re softly kissing his face as you both take in the silence and he asks you if you want to ride his bike with him and go to this famous spot to watch the sunrise.
“To relive that time,” he tells you. “I… I always find myself going back to that morning in Jeju.”
“Why?”
“It was so thrilling - riding with you for the first time, feeling what I was feeling but nervous to let you know… But it was also so grounding, I guess,” he explains. “I mean, sunrise, dolphins, scenery of a seaside town… It’s like all these pretty things, including you.”
You remember the feeling clearly. It’s not hard to forget since it felt the same to you. Perhaps that’s when you thought that you could really have the good things you dreamed for in the palm of your hands, and now you do. Seeing the sunrise again with Jungkook this time would definitely make that past sunrise and all the sunrises after that even more special.
“Okay,” you smile. “But you’re waking me up. Drag me out of bed if you need to.”
“I’ll carry you bridal style out this door if it comes to it.”
You giggle at his words but promise that you’ll wake up. You don’t want to miss it either.
“Today was nice, Kook,” you say after a beat of silence. “I think your mom finds me funny.”
“She finds you endearing,” he corrects. “She likes you. She likes you for me. And she thinks you really like me, too.”
“Hmm. I wonder how she figured that out. Is it because of the hundred times I called you handsome or praised you for a gazillion reasons or held your hand every time I had the chance?”
You playfully mock yourself even if you think you’re very transparent about how you feel. You truly think you can’t like Jungkook anymore than you already do.
“Possibly,” he laughs. “But also because your eyes sparkle when you look or talk about me. It’s kind of a big tell.”
“Imagine if you were half-naked and she caught me ogling at you.”
“Let’s be thankful then that the first time she saw us together, I was fully clothed,” he chuckles.
You nod in agreement and think the same.
It’s quiet again for a while and Jungkook meets your sleepy eyes. He kisses you and he feels your toes curl like they often do, and he smiles against your lips because like always, you’re not afraid to feel things for him, and you’re not afraid to show it.
He promises himself he’ll take after you. And then he can tell you everything he really feels.
You keep your promise and wake up when Jungkook taps your arm. He’s already dressed, and you appreciate how he always gets up first so you have more time to sleep.
You fix up and make your way out in the dark where his motorcycle is parked on the street since he’d really planned on riding around in the morning.
He reminds you of safety guidelines and tells you you’re free to hold onto him anytime, not like you need a reason anyway. He puts on your helmet and helps you up, then starts the drive to a nearby town to head to a spot he’s passed by so many times.
The ride is quiet, with only the soft breeze of the summer morning buzzing as you drive past houses and mountains. You see the coast and he tells you you’re near.
It’s still dark when you arrive but you can get a sense of what’s around you. There’s a walkway that leads to a church and behind it are massive rocks that jut out the ocean. There are some street lights the further you walk and you see the view that he’s talking about. The water is so vast and the boulders are flat and safe enough for you to sit at so you find a spot and sit between his legs, basking in the calmness of your surroundings and the warmth of the man who’s holding you.
“Do you come here often?” You ask, as light starts to dot the horizon.
“Not really. I ride past here sometimes but there are always many people in the morning,” he says. “The sun rises over this side so I thought it would be a good place to go. And well, it’s beautiful and we’ve barely seen it.”
“I already like it. You can just hear the waves crash against the rocks and it’s so refreshing.”
He hums in agreement and asks you how you slept. You talk about the short dream you had and end up talking about the other ones you remember. Jungkook laughs at your stories again and tucks his head in your neck when he does. He holds you tight and shifts around when he senses your legs cramping up.
The sky continues to lighten, as orange and red hues peek out of the ocean.
And then the sun comes and you hold your breath like always. It’s so breathtaking and it feels even more surreal being where you are. It’s another sight that you’ll ingrain in your mind knowing that this time, there’s so much more meaning to it. It’s as if you’ve really come full circle - from that hike up in Chungbuk to Jeju a few months ago to right now.
Jungkook went from someone who was just around you to someone next to you and with you, and you’re filled with so much emotion, just thinking of how you got here.
The sun’s taken its place in the sky and you hum in satisfaction. It’s another one of those daily occurrences that you get to witness and be a part of, and you have the most amazing person you know holding you.
You turn to Jungkook and find that he’s already looking at you. His eyes soften and you smile and he smiles back.
You’re so beautiful this morning, just like you are everyday. But he finds that everyday is a new kind of beautiful, and he wants to keep finding new things about you to gush about. Whether it’s a new pitch of your voice when you’re whining about something, a different reaction when he teases you, another fascinating thought you have, or anything else, really.
He wants to keep learning about and experiencing life with you. He wants to keep holding your hand and settling into this home that both of you keep discovering and enjoying. He wants to—
“Kook, are you okay?” You cut through his thoughts.
“Yeah. Just thinking about how much I love you.”
Jungkook sees your face change into one of surprise. It doesn’t worry him though. Even if you don’t feel it yet, you might as well be close to it.
“Is it too soon? Too late?” He wonders.
He at least doesn’t want to put you off.
You look at the man with the prettiest eyes and child-like smile and think that he’s the most beautiful person you’ve ever met. To be loved by him is probably your greatest gift.
“Hmm, it’s actually perfect timing,” you say, gazing back to let him know just how much you feel, too.
“Yeah?”
“Yeah. I was just thinking that I can’t like you more than I do now but I could. I could love you and I do, Kook. I… I really do love you.”
You’ve always been one to give in to your feelings and you feel them intensely. At this moment, it’s love that you’re filled with, and you feel it so much for the person in front of you.
He giggles and kisses you softly on the lips. You kiss him back then give him pecks on his cheek until he’s lying on his back and hugging you tightly.
It’s so freeing, as you listen to the ocean waves and the seagulls flying by and Jungkook’s racing heartbeat. It’s as if you’re able to feel all the comfort and passion you could possibly feel for someone and you want it to always be like this.
You settle back on your earlier spot and he wraps his arms around your waist again.
“So, uh. When you have the time, do you mind telling So-you that I won?” He says.
You look at him questioningly.
“I told you she cornered me after the ceremony and asked me if I was your boyfriend, right?” Jungkook starts. “So I explained we were friends and then we started dating and she asked if I plan on marrying you like her uncle Seokjin who was also just friends with her auntie Hayoung and well…”
“What!” You laugh, imagining your 10-year old niece interrogating Jungkook.
“Yeah and well, I said that we haven’t talked about getting married because we just started dating but that I love you so that should be a start,” he continues. “And so I got into this ‘who loves you more competition’ because she insisted it was her and while I understood where she was coming from, I couldn’t accept defeat and I insisted it was me. So we played all these games and your other nephews and nieces started playing along. I won everything but So-you didn’t want to declare me as winner.”
“Why not?”
“She said it’ll only count if I tell you. Because why does it matter if I love you if you don’t know that I do?”
“What a smart girl,” you laugh, thinking of how silly and incredibly adorable that whole exchange might have been.
“She is and she’s right. It matters that you know. And I wanted to tell you that night but I didn’t want you to think it was only because you let me enter coochie heaven naked.”
You laugh again.
“What about yesterday?” You wonder.
“I was going to, especially after seeing how good you were with my family but… I wanted to savor the feeling one last time,” he explains. “Just like when I liked you first and didn’t say anything, I just had these moments of feeling it all to myself and admiring you without expectations. And I get to release it all now and it feels really good.”
“You’re not too bad at expressing your feelings, you know that?” You smile at him, feeling overwhelmed and quite speechless at everything he’s saying.
“I try,” he whispers.
“I love you for it. And for everything else,” you assure him. “So maybe this beats the Jeju sunrise?”
“That was still special on its own. That version of us was trying to figure out if we could be each other’s home. This version…” he says, taking your hand for him to kiss. “This version knows we want to stay in this home for a long time.”
You let his words settle and pull his arms to hug you tighter. It’s all you need because he’s right.
You’ve settled into him, into this with him, and even into this version of yourself that embraces all types of emotions and basks herself in the love she receives and gives.
And as you spend the rest of the morning walking around town with his parents, and as you hold his hand while he drives back to Seoul, you think that he’s who you’ve been wishing for this whole time.
He’s the good that you hoped for and truly deserve, and you don’t think you could ever ask for anything more.
Series Masterlist
Permanent Taglist:
@sherlynxx @di0rgguk @thequeen-kat @fan-ati- @cravingforhotchocolate @adoraminie @weasleyswizarding-wheezes @gukssunshine @kookxin @petuliii @libra04 @fancycollectormoon @twixxxpie @ignoretheskies @ohmydarlin-g @bids97 @minyoongiboongi @main-bangtansmauyeondan @investedreader @petalsofink @stopeatread @craftymoonchaos @alpacaparkaseok @coletaehyung @boyfriendtaekook @moonchild1 @keshiadeija @nesha227 @src-9 @almatiarau
Series Taglist:
@lovingkoalaface @amatun28 @mar-lo-pap @whoa-jo @ot7even @m4aimm @spicxbnny @burnahtsw @sadgirlroo @dearmyfavoritepeople-bts @kokoandkookie @bjoriis @vantelover1306 @yooforeaa @usuallyunlikelyfox @medicinemybish @impossibleglitterphantom @daisies-and-dandelionpuffs @elinaki92
#jungkook fic#jungkook x reader#jungkook x oc#jungkook fanfic#jungkook smut#jungkook fluff#jungkook x you#jungkook fanfiction#jeon jungkook#bts jungkook#jungkook series
522 notes
·
View notes
Text
First time
An Eddie Munson one-shot.
warnings: female reader, fluff, light smut, light cursing.



The first time Eddie saw you was pretty uneventful. You were the new girl at Hawkins high and while he thought you were pretty, he didn’t give you much thought. Your style wasn’t his style – you were dressed in a mustard colored turtleneck and a checkered skirt in the same yellow color, black knee socks, on the preppy side – and he could’ve sworn you had never heard a rock song in your whole life.
And he was the one talking about others being prejudiced?
However, when he almost collided with you at the water fountain, he spotted something around your neck that made his whole brain light up with excitement and dopamine.
A golden ring hung around your neck in a silver chain.
”How’s the Precious doing?” he heard himself ask, waiting for you to reply with some kind of line of your own.
Instead you stared at him like he was insane. Although, on the plus side, you didn’t run away, screaming; always something.
”Excuse me?” you asked.
”You know – the One ring. One ring to rule them all? Gollum’s Precious?” You frowned and shook your head. ”Umm, this ring belonged to my grandmother. She died recently. It’s her wedding ring. She left my sister her engagement ring and me the wedding ring,” you explained and Eddie thought he had never felt more like an idiot in that moment, blushing from his jaw to the tips of his ears.
”Oh,” he got out, ”I’m... I’m so sorry for your loss.”
”Thank you,” you said and then you held out your hand, introducing yourself.
He had expected you to turn around and never speak to him again – in fact, he wouldn’t blame you if you did! But you didn’t.
After he had told you his name you had smiled a little and asked him what he really meant when he talked about the One ring. It was clear you had never read The Lord of the Rings, but he decided not to judge you for that. Gareth hadn’t read it either and he was okay, after all.
He told you that it was from a book, or actually a book series, Lord of the Rings, just as the bell rang.
You looked intrigued. ”Too bad we got to cut this short. But... can I join you for lunch? You can tell me more about then. It sounds really interesting!”
Eddie didn’t believe his ears but he nodded eagerly. ”Sure! Well, I sit with the other in my club, Hellfire Club. But you’re more than welcome to join us.”
Once again he would have thought that you would snort and tell him ’never’ but you didn’t. ”Oh, that’s what the shirts are all about? It’s a club? Nice,” you said, smiling. ”Yeah, I’d love to! See you at lunch then!”
And that was how your friendship started.
Eddie wasn’t proud of it, but in the beginning he was a bit suspicious that you were only hanging out with them until the popular people reached out to you. You were pretty, clearly not a metalhead or a nerd – why wouldn’t they?
Then he thought that you had simply not realized that hanging out with him and his friends would kill any chance you had of becoming popular and so you were stuck with them.
But he quickly understood that he was wrong. You may not be a metalhead or a member of Hellfire club – at first – but... you viewed him and the others as your friends and you were loyal to a fault when it came to friendships.
You were civil with the cheerleaders, because they rarely harassed Eddie and the others, but since the cheerleaders and jocks often came as a package, and the jocks were well known for harassing Eddie and his friends, you weren’t interested in joining them.
Eddie had thought long and hard on whether he should admit his judgemental suspicions about you, but one night after he had finished his weekly show at the Hideout with the band, the both of you had gotten a little drunk and he had told you. You had seemed a bit hurt but then said you could understand it, considering how everyone at Hawkins high treated Eddie.
You in turn told him that you had been suspicious of him when he came up to you, thinking he was trying to hit on you – apparently that was another reason you distrusted the jocks, one of them had hit on you on your first day, even though you had seen he had a girlfriend while in class – but the moment Eddie started talking, or more accurately, when he asked if your grandmother’s ring had belonged to Gollum, that’s when you understood that no, this guy wasn’t hitting on you.
You were grateful, you said. Even though it had been somewhat awkward you were glad that Eddie seemed to see you as a person, not as just as the new girl to score with.
That’s why Eddie felt so bad when he started to develop new feelings for you. He had always thought you were pretty, but he hadn’t thought of it... that way.
Now he did. He could barely glance at you without being awed by your beauty, not just your looks but the warmth of your personality shining through, a personality he loved so much.
Yes. He loved you. He was in love with you. And he didn’t know how he was supposed to deal with it, being so close to you all the time, but not in the way he truly wanted.
He wanted to kiss you. Pull you close, wrapping his arms around you, hold your hand, carrying you in his arms... it just went on and on.
He never thought you would return his feelings. Not once in a thousand years, especially not after telling him that him not hitting on you, was the reason you felt so safe with him.
But that wasn’t the only thing that stopped him. He wasn’t even sure how to... actually hit on someone.
Eddie had never had a girlfriend before. He had never even dated anyone. Thereby, he was a virgin with zero experience with girls.
So he did his best, trying to keep his feelings for you in check. It was better to simply stay friends with you than not having you in his life at all, right?
The fact that you never dated anyone either was a blessing for him, but he often wondered why. You got asked out plenty of times, but you always said no.
For a while he wondered if you were into girls, like Robin, but considering how you sighed dreamily at Johnny Depp every time you and Eddie watched Nightmare on Elm Street, he didn’t think so.
So one night when you were staying over at the trailer, whilst sharing a joint, you told Eddie that another guy had asked you out that day, but you had turned him down.
Eddie felt jealousy flare in his chest, despite the fact that you had told the guy no. He wanted you to be his! For everyone to know you two belonged together, make all the other guys stop thinking they had some claim over you.
He grumbled a little as he realized that his own thoughts about you was quite similar to wanting to have a ’claim’ on you, but he couldn’t help himself.
Maybe it was the weed or maybe his curiosity just got the better of him, but he finally asked what he had wondered for so long:
”You keep turning every guy down. Why? I mean... is there no guy you’re interested in?”
You looked at him, holding the joint between your fingers, your eyes a bit glazed over.
”Oh, Eds,” you sighed, ”of course there is. But the guy I want... he has never asked me out.”
Eddie once again felt that burning jealousy flare up inside him, making him clench his jaw, his eyes grow hot as if he was going to cry.
He didn’t know who that guy was but he already hated him with a passion.
”Huh,” he said, running a hand through his curls, looking away for a moment so he could blink the tears away. ”Maybe... maybe you should just... ask him out then.”
Yes. He said that. Because no matter what, he loved you and he wanted you to be happy. Even if it was with another guy.
”I don’t know... what if he turns me down? I’m not sure I dare to risk it... I don’t want to lose him,” you whispered, and Eddie frowned.
”Why would you lose him? I mean, if he has never asked you out... wait, is it someone you’re close to?”
Suddenly he wondered if you were in love with Gareth, or Jeff? Could he survive that? Seeing one of his closest friends with the girl that Eddie himself loved?
”Yes,” you nodded. ”Very close. But not as close as I want. I just don’t know how to tell him. Because... in the beginning I said that I was grateful that he hadn’t tried to hit on me.”
For a moment Eddie’s brain stood still. It was like a sign had popped up that said ’information overload’.
Then he blinked as it cleared.
”Wait... the guy you... it’s me? You want me to ask you out?!”
You nodded, your lower lip trembling, clearly in fear.
”Holy shit!” Eddie whispered, staring at you, his eyes wide.
You snorted. ”What does that mean, Eds? Do you want to... go out with me?”
”No,” Eddie said and then his jaw dropped at his own stupidity, whilst your face fell. ”No, no, no, no!”
”That’s five ’no’s’, Eds,” you said, ”I get it.”
”No! I mean... yes! I mean... I want to be with you. Yes, I can ask you out and take you on a date, but I already know that I’m... that I’m in love with you! I’d like to... be your boyfriend immediately.”
As he said that, your sad frown turned into a giant grin and you climbed into his lap, hugging him tightly. ”Really? Oh, Eds! That’s... that’s what I want too! I’m in love with you as well. I just didn’t know how to... it seems so silly – I was grateful for you not hitting on me, and then I fell in love with you! But you know what? I think I fell for you, because you didn’t hit on me. Because you saw me as a person first, a girl second.”
That was how you and Eddie became a couple.
But despite being your boyfriend Eddie still feels uncertain. Not about his feelings for you or even about how you felt about him – you made that clear every day when you told him you loved him, followed by a big kiss.
No, he was feeling insecure about the fact that he was a virgin. He had never even kissed a girl before you.
Eddie had been worried about that too, that he would be a bad kisser, but the first time you two kissed he simply had followed your lead (and the lead of every romance movie he had ever seen) and you had never complained, so he figured he wasn’t that bad.
Sex, though... yes, he had watched a lot of porn and gotten off to it during the years, but... he had a feeling that wouldn’t be enough preparation. He wanted to be the best you’ve ever had.
He didn’t know exactly how many you’d had and it didn’t matter to him. Except about him wanting to be the best part.
But that had more to do with his fear of you realizing that you were too good for him, and leaving him.
You were pretty, kind yet fierce, loyal, funny... you could have anyone and yet you chose him. But would you still want him if he couldn’t please you? If he turned out to be the actual one-pump chump?!
Luckily for Eddie you had sat him down one day and asked if he was okay with taking it slow. ”I just think this is so special, what we have. I want us to truly revere it, before going further. Is that okay?”
Eddie had almost fallen to his knees and thanked you, so relieved was he. Now he had some time to prepare! Exactly how he was going to do that, he didn’t know yet, but one step at a time.
”Of course. That’s what I want too, sweetheart. You’re the most precious thing in my life. Just like Gollum told the Ring,” he said, giving a little joke at the end, making you snort before you kissed him.
One might think he just wanted to take it slow because he was scared of being bad in bed but in truth he agreed with you. Despite his worries, he completely agreed with you, that you should treat your relationship with reverence, because it was special.
On the other hand, sometimes it was hard – pun intended – when you two made out and he just wanted to place you on his lap and thrust into you as hard as he could.
A couple of weeks went by, turning into months, Eddie and you being as happy as could be, still in that honeymoon-phase where you felt you needed to be by the other one’s side every hour of every day or you’d die.
The fact that you had been friends before becoming a couple and spent a lot of time together already didn’t matter.
One night you and Eddie were lying on his bed, making out while his DnD rulebook laid long forgotten on the floor. He was supposed to teach you how to make a character – since you couldn’t be without him during the Hellfire club game nights – but that plan was soon forgotten.
Eddie’s hands moved up and down your back, feeling the softness of your breasts pressing against his own chest, the scent of your shampoo and perfume heavy in his nostrils, felt you kissing him, your tongue swirling around his own, how you...
Eddie’s eyes suddenly flew open, wide as saucers. It was no secret that he was hard, he knew you could feel it, but that had happened a few other times and since you two were taking it slow neither of you had brought it up.
Now your hand was on top of his erection, slowly pressing down, making him let out whimper.
”W-what are you doing?” he almost squeaked out.
”I just want to help, Eds,” you cooed, ”when I said I wanted to take it slow I didn’t mean that we can’t do anything. It can be comfortable for you. Let me make you... comfortable,” you joked with a wink, starting to unbutton his jeans.
”No, wait!” he almost yelled and you jumped back as if he had threatened you with a gun.
”Eds... what is it?” you whispered, almost looking scared of him.
Eddie swallowed. But he understood that it was better to tell you what was really bothering him than make you think that he was actually insane.
”Look, baby, I just... I have never... never done...”
An understanding look came over you and you took his hand. ”You’ve never had a girl jerk you off before?”
Eddie shook his head. ”Not just that. I’m... I’m a virgin. A complete virgin. Before you I hadn’t even been kissed! That’s... that’s pathetic, right?”
Your eyes widened. ”No, Eddie, that’s not pathetic, why would it be that? Everyone has to start somewhere – is it pathetic for everyone else that has never been kissed?”
Eddie snorted. ”I don’t think there are many other guys that are over eighteen and still haven’t had their first kiss. And if it is, then I don’t think it’s because they’re the town freak that no girl wants to come near.”
You felt so sad when he talked about himself that way. ”Listen to me,” you told him, pulling his chin toward you so you could look into his eyes. ”Those other girls... they are stupid. Have you never heard the phrase ’gentleman in the street, freak in the sheets’?”
He raised an eyebrow at you, but had to laugh. ”No, I don’t think I have.”
”Being a freak doesn’t always mean bad things. But regardless. If those girls are stupid enough to judge you like that, then you’re better off without them. Their loss is my gain. I’m... I’m happy to be your first.”
Eddie felt a little better but he was still a bit worried, confessing the last part of his shame:
”I’m just worried, that since I haven’t done anything, I will blow it before it has even started – literally!”
Now you had to laugh and leaned your forehead against his. ”If you do, it’s okay. I’m pretty sure I can get you ready again.”
He tilted his head and looked at you. ”I bet you’re an expert in this.”
Now it was your turn to sigh and look embarrassed. ”Eddie... you’ve just confessed something to me, can I confess something to you?”
”Of course,” Eddie said, wrapping his arm around you. ”What is it?”
”I... I’ve actually never had sex either.”
Now, he almost fell off his bed in pure shock. ”What?!”
”No. I jerked off my last boyfriend a couple of times. And in return I got a really lousy fingering that felt like he was trying to dig his way to China. It lasted like thirty seconds and then he was wondering why I hadn’t cum yet. That was pathetic.”
Eddie may never had had sex but even he thought that sounded... yeah, the way you told it made him want to cross his own legs.
”But the point is... I did want to take it slow with you, yet at the same time... it was more because the only thing I’ve done is that – fingering and handjobs. I thought you would be disappointed if I couldn’t suck you off without gagging, or if... if it hurt the first time we made love and I had to ask you to stop.”
Eddie’s jaw dropped and he hugged you even tighter against him. ”What?! Oh, sweetheart... I would never do that. Never, ever!”
”Deep down I knew you wouldn’t. But I didn’t know you were a virgin, I thought you would compare me to some other girl that had made you feel amazing.”
Eddie snorted. ”Even if some other girl had made me feel good, it would never be as good as with you. I love you. ”
He had to laugh at the whole situation. You and Eddie had walked around, being worried about pretty much the same thing without knowing it.
”I think we need to work on communication. Otherwise we’re pretty great,” you said, as if you read his thoughts.
He nodded. You did as well. Then you suddenly smiled.
”So... what about it, Eds? Do you want me to...?” you gestured toward his crotch.
Eddie had softened somewhat while you were talking – especially when you described the whole ’digging for China’ part, but now his erection returned again with full force at the thought of you touching him there. Jerking him off. His cum covering your hands.
It was tempting. But there was something else he wanted even more.
”If... if both of us were worried about disappointing each other... could... would you like to... try? Have sex?” he wondered carefully.
If you weren’t ready he wouldn’t press it, but feeling you completely was the only thing he could think about right now.
You were quiet for a little while, then you smiled. ”Yes. I think so.”
Eddie was sure he had died and gone to heaven at that moment, pressing his lips to yours in a deep kiss.
First you two kissed. There was no rush, you had the whole night. He pulled you shirt over your head while you unbuttoned his jeans, all while still kissing.
Then he thought he had died and gone to heave again when he saw your black lace bra underneath your shirt. Your breasts were perfect, fitting his hand perfectly.
He had to peel your matching panties off of you since they were so slick from your juices that they stuck to the skin.
You licked your lips when you caught sight of his cock, saying you wanted to taste him, but Eddie knew he only had so much willpower left. If you put your mouth on him he would shoot off like firework.
”Next time,” he promised, ”just like I want to taste you too.”
When you were both naked he rolled you underneath him before putting a condom on, slowly pushing your legs up as he slid his cock against your sex, making you whimper.
”Can I... push in?” he wondered and you nodded shakily.
He knew that it might be uncomfortable for you so he took it slow but you didn’t seem to feel any pain.
As he bottomed out inside you, you moaned loudly, bucking your hips against his, clearly impatient for him to start moving.
”No, no,” Eddie whimpered, ”hold still! If I move even an inch now I’m going to erupt so hard you’ll end up through the roof.”
You giggled and Eddie groaned as he could feel the vibrations in his cock.
”It’s okay, Eds,” you whispered. ”I want you to move. And if you cum before me, we’ll deal with that. There’s always next time, right?”
He supposed you were right.
With slow movements he started pushing in and out of you, clenching his jaw at the pressure invading him, almost too much to handle.
You were so wet, tight and so warm... he would never be able to use his own hand again after this!
Had he thought he had died and gone to heaven before? That was nothing. If he could do this to you for the rest of his life, then he wouldn’t need a heaven.
You moaned, wrapping your arms around his neck, raising your legs even more to give him better access.
That seemed to work, because suddenly you cried out. Eddie was first worried he’d hurt you, but now you clawed against his back, your legs hooking around his waist, heels pressing into his ass to get him even deeper.
”Clit,” you whispered, tears brimming in your eyes from the pleasure. ”Please, Eddie, rub my clit! I’m... almost...!”
You were almost there?
Swiftly Eddie slid a hand down between you and started to rub your clit. He wasn’t sure how to do it exactly, but he didn’t need to worry, because you nearly snarled at him and moved your own hand down, placing it on his and showed him how to do it. After just a second or two he got the hang of it, and as he rubbed you, your eyes rolled back into your head as you bit down your lip, so hard he was worried you’d bite through it, all the while he felt you get even tighter, your walls fluttering around him.
”Cumming!” you cried and Eddie’s eyes widened, as he finally felt okay to chase his own release as he had made you cum.
He increased his pace, finally letting go on all of his restraints, letting out a sound that was almost a growl as he tensed up, his whole body going stiff as a wire as he filled the condom.
For a moment it was completely quiet except for both of your panted breaths. Then he looked down on you, you smiling at him as he was the only one in the world that mattered.
”That was...”
”Yeah,” Eddie said, nodding, leaning down to kiss your lips. ”It was.”
He rolled to the side, taking the condom off and tossing it in the trash before wrapping his arms around you, both your bodies slick with sweat.
”That was a great first time,” you told Eddie and he grinned.
”I’m glad to hear it. It was great for me too.”
Another moment of silence.
”Hey,” Eddie said, making you look up at him beneath your eyelashes.
”Mmm?”
”Can we... do you feel up for trying for our second time now?”
taglist: @stranger-things-mania @quinnyficsy @ali-r3n @spider-starry
Please, like, comment and reblog!
Your likes are wonderful but reblogs expand my reading circle
#eddie munson x reader#eddie munson x female reader#eddie munson x you#eddie munson fluff#eddie munson smut#virgin!eddie munson#stranger things fanfiction#joseph quinn#v's writing
424 notes
·
View notes
Text
Behind The Scenes - Pedro Pascal.
requested! hope u like it :)
╭── ⋅ ── ✩ ── ⋅ ──╮
The sunlit studio buzzed with activity as the Entertainment Weekly team prepared for the photoshoot. Pedro Pascal leaned against a column, his easy smile lighting up the room. Across the set, you adjusted the hem of your dress, trying to focus on the upcoming shoot instead of the butterflies dancing in your stomach.
Pedro caught your eye and gave you a wink, the playful gesture sending a jolt through you. You looked away quickly, praying no one noticed the flush creeping up your cheeks. Being cast together in Gladiator 2 had been a dream come true, but the secret relationship that blossomed between you and Pedro made every public appearance a carefully choreographed dance.
The photographer clapped his hands, calling everyone into position. "Okay, let's start with the two leads. Pedro, Y/N, let's see some of that chemistry everyone's been talking about!"
You moved to stand beside Pedro, who offered his hand to help you step up onto the slightly elevated platform. His fingers lingered on yours for a beat too long, and you bit back a smile. The photographer directed you both into a series of poses—some stoic and intense, others softer, more intimate. It was during these moments that your connection shone through.
"Perfect," the photographer called out. "Pedro, tilt your head toward her just a bit… Y/N, look up at him."
Pedro's gaze locked onto yours, the brown depths warm and filled with unspoken affection. The room seemed to fade away as you held the pose, his thumb subtly brushing against your hand where no one could see.
"Beautiful! Now let’s loosen it up a bit. Laugh, joke around—show us the fun side of this duo," the photographer encouraged.
Pedro grinned. "Fun? Oh, we can do fun." He leaned closer, lowering his voice so only you could hear. "Remember when you tripped over that fake rock on set?"
You gasped, smacking his arm lightly. "Pedro!"
He laughed, the sound rich and contagious. You couldn’t help but join in, your shared laughter filling the studio. The crew murmured in approval, snapping candid shots of the two of you lost in your own world.
As the shoot continued, the chemistry between you and Pedro became undeniable. Compliments flowed from the team, with one stylist murmuring, "They’re electric together. You can’t fake that."
By the time the session wrapped, you were both buzzing with the high of being together in plain sight, even if no one truly knew the depth of your connection. Pedro caught your arm as you grabbed your bag, his touch brief but grounding.
"You were amazing," he said, his voice low and sincere.
"So were you," you replied, your smile softening. "As always."
The ride home was quiet, your phone lighting up with messages from friends and colleagues praising the photos that were already circulating online. But one message stood out—a text from Pedro.
Pedro: "Come over. I need you."
You felt your heart skip a beat. It was a simple request, but the vulnerability behind it made your chest ache with affection. Your thumbs hovered over the keyboard before you replied.
You: "I’ll be there in 20."
Twenty minutes later, you stood outside Pedro’s apartment, your hand hesitating on the door. He opened it before you could knock, his warm smile instantly putting you at ease.
"Hey," he said, pulling you inside. His arms wrapped around you, and you melted into his embrace, the stress of the day slipping away.
You leaned back to look at him. "Tired?"
"Not anymore," he replied, his eyes scanning your face as if committing every detail to memory. "Come on."
He led you to the couch, where a blanket and a bottle of wine waited. You settled in beside him, your legs tangled together as you shared stories from the day—laughing about the shoot, teasing each other over the outtakes you knew would surface online.
At one point, Pedro grew quiet, his hand resting on your knee. "You know," he began, his voice soft, "days like this make me wish we didn’t have to keep this a secret."
You placed your hand over his. "Me too. But for now, it’s enough."
He nodded, leaning down to press a kiss to your forehead. "You’re enough."
The evening stretched on, filled with quiet moments of comfort and connection. As you drifted off to sleep against his shoulder, you couldn’t help but feel grateful for the love you’d found, even if it had to remain hidden for now.
#pedro pascal#pedro pascal fanfic#pedro pascal x reader#pedro pascal imagines#pedro pascal imagine#pedro pascal fanfics#pedro pascal x you#pedro pascal fanfiction#pedro pascal x y/n#imagines#fanfic#gladiator imagines#pp
524 notes
·
View notes
Text
Companionship | pt. 5
Dr. Michael “Robby” Robinavitch x f!reader
Previous | Next
Summary: After a brief mention two weeks ago, Michael gives you a gift, making your feelings all the more complicated.
[ Series Masterlist ]
Note: y’all are so amazing!💜thank you for all the comments, reblogs, likes and follows! I’m so grateful you all are enjoying this as much as I am!! over 300 followers?? That’s crazy, thank you!!
Someone on ao3 said there needed to be more Robby pov and you know what? I agree! I tried my best lol
Word Count: 1.7k
Warnings: age gap, foul language, feelings angst, slowburn
not beta read
Butterflies invaded your stomach at the mere thought of him, the memory of his fingers on you — soft and fleeting. How warm his skin had been against yours, seared into your mind.
This is so stupid.
You thought to call Erin and ask her if this had ever happened to her, but there was a fear in saying anything. In calling attention to your feelings. Aside from the fact that he was not looking for anything, your arrangement was a glaring obvious fact that nothing truly could happen between you. Wouldn’t that break all the boundaries you had set with each other at the start? That was not even getting into your age difference, and the uneven balance it could create. He was so much older, it could never work.
Trying to distract yourself with work and studying and late nights with your friends, you still eagerly accepted any of his calls. He still planned a weekly one, but an unplanned call late at night became more frequent. You enjoyed those late night conversations, they were typically more raw and revealing than when he had time to think about what to say.
He had told you more about the hospital administration hounding him, and the third year resident he had taken under his wing some years past.
Toward the end of the conversation, he had asked to hang out.
“Maybe get take-out again, or something.” He suggested.
You contemplated it. Your laptop was giving you a headache, and you were half-tempted to throw it out a window. A little food and conversation might do wonders to make you feel better.
“I’d still like to try that Thai place.” You told him, playing with the hem of your sweater.
“That can be arranged.”
You laughed, “Tonight?”
“Yeah, meet me there at 7?”
—
Michael really had no excuse for the nerves that flooded his system. They nearly always did in your company, but the calm that would wash over him just a little bit later was bliss. It was nice to have someone to talk to — someone interested in his days without wanting to pry. It was freeing, almost, knowing you would still be there for him the following week even if he revealed his harrowed feelings.
There was a hopeful optimism, too — like it was all good practice for human connection. Yet, the thought of someone else on the other line or the other side of the table, it soured.
He was being stupid. He was being reckless.
The feelings in his chest were just simple, calm familiarity. It could never be anything more.
You were nearly half his age, and the thought of embarrassing himself at believing the feelings could ever be anything more made him tense up. The walls around his heart remained steadfast and strong.
Perhaps the whole arrangement was bleeding into something it shouldn’t be — and he thought to perhaps call the whole thing off.
He thought that, but he was already reaching for the phone to hear your voice.
The Thai place was crowded, but you were able to get a table. You were dressed in business casual, coming from work, and your top did wonders for your eyes. He admired you for a few moments in the lobby while you waited for a table, desperately trying to be subtle about it.
When you sat, you looked over the menu with interest and the quiet that settled over you was warm. Your orders were taken and you smiled, eyes roaming around the new restaurant.
“Have you still been pretty busy?” Michael asked.
“Never too busy for you.” You commented effortlessly with a smirk. “But yeah. Getting down to crunch time. Soon I’ll have to worry about getting my license.”
Your first comment made his heart stutter. I’m too old for this. But he was grinning.
“At least you’ll have school off your plate.” He said.
You gave an agreed nod, “I’m looking forward to that fact, oh my god.”
Michael chuckled.
“How was work yesterday?” You asked, looking genuinely interested.
You were good at that — making him want to open up, but some of his days were just too gruesome to tell you about. Too painful to share. You always had an ear open for him, regardless. Part of his mind whispered you were just doing as their agreement dictated, but he shoved that back down.
“It was…” A thousand words floated through his mind: Bad. Good. Terrible. Short-staffed. He settled on, “...fine.”
It was easy enough to see in your eyes that you did not believe him. Pretty eyes framed with long lashes, flickering from his face to your meal and back again. He hated how it felt not opening up all the way, but he feared he would swallow you whole.
He let out a long sigh through his nose, refusing to look at you. A thought was bubbling in his head, half-tempted to tell you about Adamson, feeling guilty for shutting you out. Not yet, I can’t yet, echoed in his head, memories burning in his mind of Adamson on the ventilator.
“Hey, hey, Mike.” You snapped him out of the images that haunted him, reaching across the table to hold his hand. “You got lost there for a minute…are you okay?”
He cleared his throat and you removed your hand, much to his disappointment. He covered it easily, smiling back at you.
“Well, I’m out with a very beautiful woman, so I’d say I’m okay.”
You stared at him, eyebrows raised, eyes wide, before quickly looking away from him. His heart picked up at your reaction, hope blooming. No—
“That’s—well—uh—thank you.”
He smiled, trying to brush all the thoughts swimming in his head aside. “I got you something.”
You sputtered, “What?”
“I got you a gift. I left it at my apartment, figured we could head back that way after we finished eating.” He explained, thinking of the box sitting on his couch. It had sat like a heavyweight in his living room all week.
“You…got me a gift?” Then, “You really didn’t have to do that, Michael.”
He shrugged sheepishly, “I wanted to.”
“Well, thank you. Really. That…you really didn’t have to.”
Michael tried to read all the emotions flickering across your face—shock, confusion, red eared embarrassment, and finally, gratitude.
He called for the check.
—
Warm feelings were swirling around in your stomach. The cool night air did little for your cheeks, or the heat that had crawled up your neck or wrapped across your chest, holding you tight.
A gift. He got me a gift. A gift. A goddamn gift.
Why the fuck had he gotten you something? A nausea rolled in, feeling like you owed him — even if his only intention had been to be kind. What was it? Did he see something simple, think of you and buy it? Did he go out searching for something to buy?
The possibilities ate away at your insides.
The walk into his apartment building was filled with quiet banter, which helped pull you back out of your head. You registered the look on the woman’s face as she had stepped off the elevator, giving Michael a side-eye, while you both stepped onto it. You swallowed thickly, turning your attention back to the man beside you.
“Maybe they just need a few games to get into the swing of things. I still have hope.” You told him, referencing the game the Penguins had played the day before.
Michael chuckled, “They’re a disappointment, but they’re still my team.”
“Sometimes I feel lucky when I’m too busy to watch them lose.” You laughed, moving beside him when you got to his floor.
You were nervous to be in his apartment again, but a part of you also enjoyed being surrounded by a space that was purely him.
“If it makes you feel any better, it can’t technically be a gift. I didn’t wrap it.” He said, glancing at you.
Your eyes moved around his apartment until they settled on the brown paper bag on his couch. Your heart started racing.
“I’m pretty sure that’s not how it works,” you said with a small chuckle, looking over at him.
He had his hands in his pockets, side stepping to his couch to grab the gift. Seeing the size of it, you began guessing in your head as to what it could have been — a clothing box? Too big to be a book.
“Here you go.” His voice was so soft as he handed it over.
You lowered yourself onto his couch, taking it from him. It was heavy. Not unbearably so, but it had some weight to it. You smiled up at him before putting your hand into the bag, feeling the box inside.
He moved to sit next to you…impossibly close. Close enough to feel his body heat, feel the shadow of his form hovering.
Gut twisting, you pulled out the box, blinking down at what now laid in your lap. HP was written on the cardboard in large black lettering, and your heart completely stopped. The cardboard had been opened so it was easy enough to peek inside, all your thoughts stalling in your head at the sight of it.
An HP ProBook 460 G11.
A goddamn fucking laptop.
“Michael,” your voice squeaked out, heart hammering against your ribcage. “I can’t accept this. This is too much.”
“I know you were saying yours was giving you trouble.” He said, like it explained everything.
You finally removed your eyes from the box to look at him. He had a soft smile on his lips, but it still reached his eyes, crinkled in contentment. His brown eyes held an emotion you did not recognize, but it crept into your chest and curled up.
“I really can’t take this.” You breathed out, quiet since he was so close.
“It’s bad luck to give a gift back.”
“I thought it wasn’t technically a gift.”
He smirked, eyes flickering down to your lips before snapping back up to your eyes. “I want you to have it.”
And that seemed to settle it.
You nodded, swallowing the lump in your throat. “This was really, really nice of you. Thank you so much.”
He rubbed his hands down his legs, letting out a long breath, “Yeah, of course.”
You grabbed his wrist, forcing his attention back to your face. “I mean it, this…this was incredibly thoughtful. Thank you, Michael.”
“You’re welcome.” And there was your name, so pretty on his lips.
[ Next ]
want to join the taglist? shoot me a message!
Companionship Taglist: @queenslandlover-93 @clementine111002 @virgomillie @emily-b @kaygilles @lt-jakeseresin @imonmykneessir @kniselle @cannonindeez @gabsgabsvaz @rosiepoise88 @calivia @holdonimwalkingmysnail @valhallavalkyrie9 @blahkateisdone @shadowhuntyi @fuckalrighty
All Dr. Robby Content: @cherriready @kittenhawkk @seeyalaterinnovator
hahah I love a good build up, BUT KISS HIM
they’re so bad at feelings lol
sorry this chapter was shorter, I wanted to get some Robby pov in there. But surprise! the next part is already out🤗
#the pitt#michael robinavitch#dr robby#michael robinavitch x female reader#michael robinavitch x reader#dr robby x reader#the pitt x reader#michael robinavitch/you#companionship series#asxgard writes
353 notes
·
View notes
Text
WHERE THE WILD THINGS ARE | 1



ELLIE WILLIAMS, YELLOWJACKETS AU, SERIES!
SERIES MASTERLIST
001 — When You’re Gone wc: 14.4k
chapter blurb: the struggles of a soon-to-be high school graduate was rough—leaving home, leaving the girl you love behind knowing you weren’t strong enough to love her aloud; it was fear inducing. however, not as fear inducing as the sounds of a plane breaking down while in the air with you and everyone you care about inside of it. now, that was bone chilling! it’s the beginning of many, many, many nightmares to come.
cw: use of the word ‘dyke’, r and ellie being teenage lover girls, closeted abby, dramatic teenage girls, reader is working on her internalized homophobia, sarah miller, ellie being the best non-girlfriend ever, mention of a teacher/student relationship, plane crash, character deaths, reader lowkey has main-character syndrome, ellie/abby beef, reader calls her dad ‘daddy’ because she’s southern-ish (because it’s the midwest technically), 90’s accurate alcohol, little bit of r and ellie angst.
note: omg this is the first chapter in the summer act! by the time you guys see this, all of the parts for this act should be finished and queued for weekly releases (if i hold myself accountable)(i didn't but i refuse to sit on this). after i watched yellowjackets i immediately thought about ellie for obvious reasons. happy valentine’s day and happy yellowjackets s3 premiere day hehehe. hope you guys enjoy!! (if you wanna be added to the taglist, pls feel free to fill out this taglist form) also... if you see a typo, no you didn't!
The woody smell of a forest was never a comfort for you; however it wasn’t a disrupter either. Like most people, you loved the smell of flowers, fresh plants, the aroma, and texture of fresh soil—but you didn’t care for it enough to linger within it. Haunt the spaces between the tree, to feel a sense of connection to the Earth. That wasn’t the type of person you were. It didn’t mean that much to you. Although, you signed many petitions to save the trees. Save the wilderness. She had a right to be preserved.
The layered sounds of cheering echoed through the gymnasium as you and your team ran in a line toward the middle of the court. Grins adorned your faces, waving and pumping up the crowd like you were used to. Cameras flashed from the sidelines, snapping pictures of the celebration of Jackson Hole High’s victory. The Fireflies have been invited to Boston to participate in a national championship.
You’re fucking going to nationals in Boston!
Nearing the end of your senior year, with college looming at your door, it felt good that you could have one last hurrah with your favorite girls—loosely including the junior varsity players who were waiting for your dismissal so they could move up.
Loving every member of the team was hard, but you truly did; they were your sisters. Minus one faithful central striker who stood before you on the field. It would be weird to call her your sister since you’ve been sucking each other’s faces off since sophomore year.
The both of you may have been an okay pair off the field, but on the field… You were perfectly unstoppable! She was fast, while you were tactful. Even though, you were surrounded by supportive players who were eager to make a goal—a lot of times, it felt as though it were just the two of you.
You couldn’t help but be a romantic when it came to her. She was always determined to put on a show—a good show, at that. The eighteen-year-old had a reputation to uphold: mean, small town lesbian. But she was so much more than that. Under the many course layers of being a skillful forwarder, a notable lover of female company, and totally hot; she also respected the bounds of science, had an obsessive amount of Savage Starlight memorabilia, and has the intention of becoming an astrophysicist in the future. She wanted to become a scientist for the sake of the game, not to make a shit ton of money.
However, despite all of this good, there was a minor wooden hedge that kept the two of you at an arms length distance from each other.
And here’s the real kicker… You’re not one hundred percent out to the public about your sexuality. Therefore, in the past three years you’ve been sharing with this beloved girl, it’s all been experienced under pressured wraps. You didn’t necessarily hide your attraction from women—you just hated feeling other in your hometown. While you were cocky about your soccer skills, you didn’t harbor that same meanness to protect yourself when it came to who you romanticized.
Jackson Hole, or Jackson, was a town that was surrounded by elements of the Earth—right beside Yellowstone Park—there were so many other things to talk about than the fact that you were a lesbian. But that just wasn’t how small towns worked. Perhaps, it was a born and bred thing. Whenever you were born or bred into a small town, you activate this gene that forces you to be interested in everyone’s lives but your own. People from your town loved a spectacle.
And to be fair, hanging out with Ellie Williams was spectacle enough.
There were rumors that the two of you were gay for each other—that you were hooking up in hidden places. You never confirmed or denied whenever you were boldly asked. Unless your parents were pressing you about being out so late. Those claims were dead on, though!
Now, your parents were in on the whole thing, and they loved her. They were so supportive of the relationship that you sometimes thought they loved her more than you. She was labeled spunky in their eyes.
But, with all this considered, she wasn’t your girlfriend. She was just a girl that happened to be yours; someone you kept all for yourself. And Ellie being Ellie, didn’t always appreciate that phrase. It wasn’t until this year that she became indifferent to it.
“Let’s congratulate our varsity Fireflies for being chosen for nationals!” The principal of the student body praised over the choppy, cracking microphone. He had called your names out one by one, getting you onto that shiny, scuffed basketball court. Coach Tess Servopoulos stood at the head of the line, while the assistant coach, Owen Moore, stood at the other end. Accompanied by the soccer manager, Mel Teagan.
The pep rally was fast, and you were standing around the quad before you knew it, discussing a course of action for a junior varsity player who was good but not great. She lagged during games whenever she was brought on as a substitute—failing to take initiative to score. Since tomorrow was the morning that you were leaving for Boston, Coach Moore decided on throwing a scrimmage between varsity and junior varsity as a fun arrangement. However, some of the girls found this to be a moment of opportunity.
“I think we should push Lucy a little bit…” The auburn-haired player suggested, crossing her arms over her chest. Surrounded by her trusty friend group: you, Riley, Dina, and Cat.
You bunch your eyebrows, glancing at the other girls. “What do you mean by push ‘er?”
“I don’t know, make her actually work for her position.” Ellie responded, shrugging her shoulders. They all just looked at her, waiting for her to further explain. “If she’s coming with us to Boston as a substitute, she needs to work harder than just kicking a fucking ball around.”
“And she barely even does that…” Riley added, snickering, letting her eyes wander around the quad.
Cat put her hands on her hips, rocking on her feet. “If this includes physically pushing her, then I’m out.”
Ellie shook her head, holding out her hand. “Nah, that’s my job if it comes down to it.”
Dina deepened her eyebrows, squeezing her eyes shut. “So, what are we gonna do? Ice her out the whole game?”
“Yeah,” She nodded. “Only pass the ball to each other— everyone on the team except for her. Maybe it’ll finally get her to fight for a score.”
You puffed air from you lips in thought, glancing over your shoulder, uneasy. As captain of the team—yeah, you were team captain—it wasn’t ideal that you were plotting against your own. Although, she was junior varsity, it didn’t change the fact that she was a Firefly. You just wished that Lucinda Henderson did more for her team—she needs to learn to play aggressively not passively. That’s how you score. That’s how you win.
A sigh flees your mouth, peering at the central striker with narrowed eyes. “If you’re gonna push her, do it safely… I cannot afford to have a hurt freshman on my conscious.” You tiredly spoke, preparing to walk away, but Ellie grabbed your hand before you could leave the small huddle.
“Seriously, what do you think I’m capable of?”
You placed your hand over hers, squeezing, gently. “You’re different on the field… Just remember that, okay?” Sliding your hand from hers, you glance to the other girls. “I have to go run a few things over with Abby. See you in a few.”
Ellie scoffed as you trotted away, seeing your goalie talking on a bench with some bashful cheerleader. “Hey, Abs, can we talk for a sec?” You question, not giving her much of a choice by walking past the bench she was sat on, perching yourself beside a tree.
From a distance, you could feel the eyes of your undercover lover watching you from her spot. Her lips moved, still engaging in conversation about Lucy Henderson, probably, but her olive eyes remained on you. Whenever you had these sidebars with Abby, she tensed. Ellie rarely talks about why Abby gets under her skin so easily—you wondered if it was intimidation, or worse, jealousy.
Abby rolled her eyes, muttering a quick farewell to the cheerleader. “What now?” She perked an eyebrow, crossing her muscular arms.
“Don’t what now me. You think I didn’t notice those eyes you were giving to the coach?” You prodded, authoritatively. “What did I say about him— fucking drop him!”
The blonde groaned like a stubborn child. “Can’t you just mind your business, Turner?” Abby retorted. “I get that you’re captain an’ everything, but that doesn’t mean you have the right to poke your nose in things that don’t involve you.”
“You know, this is a crime, right? Statutory rape—“
“Ugh, you’re always so serious. I’m eighteen.”
“Yeah, but you’re still a student here, and he’s an instructor.” You placed your hands on your hips. “Do you wanna be on the front-page paper listed as a victim? I wonder what that would look like when you’re playing pro in a few years…”
A sneer stretched onto her lips. “Couldn’t be as bad as being called a dyke by ninety-nine-point-nine percent of the population.”
“Says the two-hundred-pound, six-foot goalie who was just flirting with Calliope Kimber…”
She stiffened, averting her eyes from you. “I wasn’t flirting…”
You chuckled behind your fingers, sizing her up. “You totally were.” With a perched eyebrow, you analyzed her features. Blue eyes shifting, twinged with bothered nerves at the mention of her behavior. “I don’t care if you’re using a man to hide behind, Abby. But I do care about the legacy of our team.” You began, nudging her arm. “Plus, Coach Moore is annoying as shit. If I were you, Henry Harmon would be more of my shtick.”
Abby shook her head, her long braid falling over her shoulder. “You’re such a control freak…” She muttered, sucking her teeth.
“Or I’m just a very passionate person.”
“Nope… You’re a control freak.”
“Okay, whatever, Popeye. God.” You hold up a dismissive hand.
The both of you walk around the school to the soccer field to prep for the scrimmage Coach Moore was hosting. You sat on the ground stretching and ensuring your laces were tight and knotted. Some of the junior varsity team sat around doing the same thing, conversing amongst each other.
Ellie, Riley, Dina and Cat joined the group as if they had something up their sleeve—not paying much of attention to the young coach marking on a clipboard. The auburn-haired player plopped herself beside you. Like usual, you adjusted yourself to do an assisted stretch with her, touching your straddled feet together and pulling each other’s hands like a seesaw. “How different am I on the field— what did you mean by that?” She asked, pulling you forward, causing her to lean backwards.
“Uhm, Ellie, you’re a threat on the field to anyone who isn’t on your team.” You pulled her forward, causing you to lean back, smiling in amusement.
“I’m not a threat, just a girl who takes her sport very seriously.” She shrugged, pulling you forward again.
You laugh, pulling her forward, but this time inching your hands up her arms so you wouldn’t lean back so far from her. “No, babe, you’re definitely a threat. But… I like that about you.” You bat your eyes at her, playfully.
She smirked, glancing down at your lips in such an obvious way. A way that you couldn’t give much attention to—at least, not in the way you wanted. “Well, then… I guess I’m the worst of threats— the most threatening girl in the world.”
You snickered, sliding your hands back down to her hands. You pushed your legs together to do the same thing, back and forth. “Be whoever you wanna be.”
To be honest, you’d probably love her regardless of anything. She was so admirable to you—her boldness in her identity; God, Ellie was such a dream. If only she knew how much she meant to you.
“All right, I’m gonna break ya’ll up— some of varsity will be playing with jv, some of jv with varsity.” The assistant coach announced, with the sport manager standing right beside him, eagerly. Upon his immediate direction, the girls groaned—mainly, the older varsity team. Not caring for their younger peers or their feelings. “Don’t complain. It’s Coach Servopoulos’ choice!”
The choice to split them up made Ellie’s plan a bit difficult to carry out, especially if the group wasn’t split up on Lucy’s team. Coach Moore began to list out the names, the manager handing out jerseys to the ones he called. Luckily, Ellie and Dina were put on the same team as Lazy Lucy, while you and Cat were placed on the opposing team. Separated by your team with an orange jersey, and her team having a blue one.
Before the scrimmage began, you pulled Ellie aside. “Remember this is an opportunity to teach someone, not to hurt someone. Be careful out there.”
“I’m not a fucking child, y/n. I know how to be careful.” She responded, curtly, walking to her place across from you at the starting zone. You rolled your eyes, gritting your jaw in irritation. You were told to play central striker for your team, which meant that you and Ellie looked right into each other’s’ eyes before the match. Through a heavy glare, you attempt to remind her once more, but she ignores your gaze.
When the whistle blared, the game began, brutally. After all, that’s how the both of you played—even against each other. Unfortunately, her team had more varsity members, meaning you and three other people had to carry the burden of keeping your team afloat.
There was a moment where the ball was sequestered between your feet, and you were moving toward the goal with quickness. That wasn’t until Riley swiped the ball from your feet with a giggle, muttering a small apology. While you tried to get the ball back, you watched as Riley and Ellie shifted ownership of it. Obviously, excluding the calls for a pass from the copper-headed player, Lucy.
Instead of asking, Lucinda grumbled, running toward Riley to steal the ball, heading straight for your goal. You slowed down, getting the intuitive feeling that something was about to go wrong. Even Cat paused on the field, glancing at you with concerned eyes. Ellie cast her eyes toward Riley, huffing from her lips. And, just like that, she made an effort to steal the ball from Lucy—getting overwhelmed by her competitiveness.
Her cleats made a move for the patterned ball, but instead of kicking it forward, the steel of the tip of her shoe made a collision with Lucy’s fibula. A crack sound echoed over the field, followed by a shriek expelling from the girl. Lucinda dropped to the ground cradling her calf with horror.
Ellie stopped, emitting a gasp. She gripped the roots of her hair, noticing the image of her bone sticking through her skin. It was surrounded by oxidized blood, dripping all over the freshly painted turf. Briefly, you froze. Eyes widening at the scene. “Fuck,” You grimaced, sprinting over to the area, along with everyone else.
You glared at auburn-haired player, kneeling to try and help the girl, pulling her head onto your lap. “Fuck, it’s going to be okay, Luce.” You looked around for the adult authority. “Coach Moore!” You called, worriedly, trying to avoid looking at the appearance of the injured girls leg. Every time you looked at it, the image of her exposed bone caused bile to rise in your throat.
He was already in transit, with a look of weariness, running over with his hands on his head. “Shit! Mel, go to the office and tell Tess, so we get can 911 on the phone.” Coach Moore directed to the short-haired manager, clutching onto a plastic first aid kit.
“You mean Coach Servopoulos?” She raised a finger.
“Fucking obviously, Mel!” The blonde goalie told, crouching toward the sobbing freshman. The manager jumped into a sprint, running toward the building while Abby darted her eyes over the brutal injury. Her father was a surgeon, and she had always been really curious about his job. He was wildly busy, but on the weekends, when he was on-call, he’d take her with him. There was a surgery gallery above one of the operation rooms, and he snuck her in a few times. Blood never bothered her as much as it bothered others.
Coach Moore forced the girls that weren’t helping to head inside to the locker room and wait for an update, because practice was now over.
The ambulance came in due time for her to get the medical attention that she needed. Lucy winced and whined as they lifted her onto a gurney, loading her into the back of the loud ambulance truck. Abby and Nora stayed behind with you as you monitored the situation. You couldn’t help but feel at fault for this—you should’ve just told Ellie no.
“Is your girlfriend tapped?” Nora questioned, while the three of you watched the coaches tell the EMT’s what happened, even though they didn’t know much. All they knew was that a player accidentally kicked her fibula through her leg in an attempt to kick the ball.
“Nora!” You scolded, glaring at her. Partially, for outright blaming Ellie for her actions, but also for labeling her your girlfriend aloud. That part was debatable. While you were warming up to the idea, a part of you felt like you didn’t deserve that title.
Abby chortled, “It’s a valid point.” Shrugging with her arms crossed over her chest. “I watched her ice Lucy out the whole game, y/n. When she finally had it, Ellie tried to steal it from her— her own teammate. What the hell was she doing?”
You shook your head, puffing air from your lips. “Lucy played a little lazy, so she was trying to… Teach her a lesson.”
The curly-haired, right-wing central striker scoffed, fixing a pair of disappointed eyes at you. “And you let her? Some kind of captain you are.”
“Hey, I told her to be careful.”
“You should’ve told her not to do it. Now, we’re short one sub for nationals. So, thanks a lot.” Nora concluded, turning her back on you to walk toward the locker room, leaving you with the disapproving sighs of Abigail Anderson.
The both of you watched the assistant coach hop into the vehicle with Lucy, since her parents where meeting them at the hospital. Coach Servopoulos instructed that he did so—he didn’t decide to join the injured teenager on his own accord. “She took it too far…” Abby sighed, as the head coach approached the two of you with a grimace on her features.
“It was an accident, Abby. Ellie didn’t mean to hurt her.”
“You saw what her leg looked like… I find that hard to believe.” The blonde goalie frowned, walking away once Tess Servopoulos got closer, glaring at you. Like you mentioned to Ellie, sometimes she got carried away during games; she wasn’t her usual self. As in, her competitiveness gets the best of her at times. It skews her vision and makes her decide on the most aggressive courses of action, which aren’t always the best. There has been a few games where they consistently got penalties because of her rough housing.
“Turner, what the hell happened out there?” Coach Servopoulos questioned with a firm voice, running her fingers through her mousy-brown hair.
You slumped your shoulders, rubbing your hand over your pulled back hair. “I don’t know…” You lied through your teeth, sighing. The idea of snitching on Ellie wasn’t option. She’d get benched, or worse, kicked off the team. Tess Servopoulos wasn’t a coach that just let things slide; so, there was going to be hell to pay.
She raised her thin eyebrows at you, dryly chuckling. “Her fibula is sticking out of her leg, and you’re tellin’ me you don’t know?”
“It happened so fast, Coach. Too fast. I think it was just a misstep.” You told with layers of uncertainty.
She sighed, pressing her lips together. “This misstep just sent a fifteen-year-old to the emergency room… Now, this isn’t the first time Ellie—”
“It wasn’t her fault.” You tried, fiddling with your fingers.
Tess side-eyed you before speaking, walking toward the school building. “This isn’t the first time Ellie has been rough on the field, but it’s the first time it’s resulted in something this severe—which leads me to this… In Boston, if she as so much as shoves another player too hard, she’s getting benched. Do you hear me?” The older woman raises an eyebrow, peering down at you. A frown fell onto your lips as you casted your eyes at your moving feet.
“I hear you.” You replied, solemnly.
“I have a lot of paperwork to fill out, so… Do me a favor and let her know that. I’m not gonna care for her attitude in Boston if you forget to tell her. I’m just gonna look at you.” Coach Servopoulos told as you neared the school, entering on the athletics side, leading you to the locker room. You were absolutely dejected, feeling waves a guilt that you shouldn’t have. The image of Lucy’s leg couldn’t leave your mind, making your stomach to stir. On top of the responsibility of, basically, threatening your companion.
When you entered the locker room, the team was sat on benches tiredly, awaiting the verdict that you were looked upon to deliver. They all sat upright when they noticed you strolling in after the fuming head coach who had seemed to already reach her maximum level of stress. “What’s up? Is she gonna be okay?” Ellie was the first ask, standing to her feet from the bench, her features scrunched with worry.
“Well, I’m sure she’s getting pumped with fentanyl as we speak, so… I think she’s gonna be all right.” Tiredly, your hands fall against your thighs, passing her to walk to your locker. A frown pressed onto your features because of the nausea building in your throat.
Abby sighed, leaning her arms to the side on bench. “If only you didn’t wanna teach her a lesson…” She muttered, causing Ellie to shoot her a glare.
“What?” She snarled.
“Was that not your plan? Maybe y/n relayed it wrong tryin’ to save your ass.” Abby exposed, but you ignored her trying to focus on not throwing up, rummaging through your locker.
Riley stood up, crossing her arms over her chest. “How ‘bout you just mind your fuckin’ business, Anderson.”
The blonde snickered. “Yeah, you were probably behind it, too, huh? Best friends until the end—“
The feeling of bile rising in your throat caused you to drop the lock in your hands. It clambered to the floor, shutting them up mid-argument. “Fuck, I’m gonna vomit.” You covered your mouth with your hand, running to the nearest trashcan you could find. It was large, and thankfully, without any trash inside of it. You gripped the rim that was wrapped with a black trash bag, leaning your face over it to relieve yourself.
“Now, look what you made her do!” You heard the sound of Ellie’s voice.
You lurched, groaning at the uncomfortableness of unleashing your breakfast and lunch into the trash covered in stomach acid. You felt hands on your back, rubbing, softly. When you peered over your shoulder, you noticed the dark, wavy hair of Dina standing over you. “Made me barf, too.” She kindly smiled, patting your back.
When you finished, you wiped your mouth with your shirt. “Should’ve never agreed to that shit…” You murmured, shaking your head.
“Maybe it’s for the best that she doesn’t come to Boston with us, anyway. There’s an upside to everything!”
“Whatever, Dina.” You sighed, thanking her with a pat to her shoulder.
She mirrored your sigh, following you to the group, getting close to you. “This isn’t your fault, you know?” Dina starts, as you ignore the tension in the air while your teammates changed. Ellie had walked to the other side of the locker room to hide from everyone, probably drowning in that same level of guilt you were. The dark-haired girl leaned her shoulder against the cool, gray metal.
“Then, who’s is it? Throwing Ellie under the bus, would mean throwing myself under it, too. I might as well just do it alone.” You grumble, beginning to pull the athletic clothes from your body.
After you changed into your casual clothes, a pair of jeans, blocky sandals, and a printed tube top. A thin, knit cardigan covered your arms during school, but the final bell had rung a long time ago. Ellie had always been your ride home, so you found her waiting in the quad for you on a bench—lonely, with a pair of headphones covering her ears. They were connected to an old Walkman you gifted her some time ago.
You waved a hand at her as you approached. She slid the tiny headphones from her ears to hang around her neck. She stood up, slinging her school bag and duffle bag over her shoulder. “Hey…” Ellie greeted, timidly.
“Hey,” You smiled, watching how she adjusted herself. You adjusted the thick strap of your own duffle bag, examining her freckled features. “What a day, huh?”
“Yeah…” She started walking toward her truck, pulling her keys from her pockets. Now, would be the best time to tell her of the limited amount of fuck-ups she had left, but the words wouldn’t come out. You followed her, swinging each foot in front of the other. “You were right… I shouldn’t have pushed her… I fucked up so bad today.” Ellie shook her head, running a hand through her shaggy, short hair.
You shrug, pressing your glossy lips together. “It happens…”
“I shouldn’t have let you take the fall for it.” She takes your hand, as you walk toward the emptying parking lot. You glance at the desperate hand, grasping for consolation and understanding.
In return, you grip her to reassure her. “You’re lucky Coach Serv didn’t ask too many questions— I barely took the fall for anything.” You lean into her arm, holding her bicep with your other free hand. “She probably has loads of paperwork to fill out since it happened on the school’s property. I think she has bigger concerns, right now.”
When you arrived at her blue Ford Bronco, you trot to the passenger side. “But I don’t mind taking the fall for it. I wouldn’t wanna go on this trip if you weren’t going, too.” Ellie grinned, watching you toss your things into the back seat.
The both of you got into the truck, shutting the door at the same time. The auburn-haired girl started the engine, causing the radio to switch on. Her earthy irises looked over at you, with a gleam of adoration. You smiled, cheeks warming under her gaze. A giggle leaves your throat as you lean over the center console, pulling the fabric of her shirt towards you so you could plot your lips against hers. Her windows weren’t that tinted, but you didn’t care in that moment.
Kisses always heightened Ellie’s mood, and you didn’t want her to worry about what happened with Lucy anymore. It was nothing but a mere accident—she would never want to hurt anyone.
You pulled away from her lips, not before plotting one final chaste kiss, leaning back into your seat. “Are we going to your place or mine?” You reached over to stretch the seatbelt across your body.
“Do you have everything you need for the party later?”
“Yeah, of course.”
“My place it is then.”
As we die, both you and I with my head in my hands I sit and cry…
No Doubt played on the radio, distracting you from the minor, small town traffic that got on under your skin—even though, you weren’t the one driving. You leaned your head on your fist, watching Ellie from the side of your eye. Her window was wound all the way down, elbow resting on it while her other steered the wheel. Her shaggy, auburn hair was blown across her head from the intensity of the wind. But she didn’t care, and neither did you. Her thumb tapped along the leather steering wheel to the beat of the music, nodding her head, rhythmically.
God, you were so in love with her. You were going to miss the days driving down the skinny roads of your hometown with her manning the wheel—because you rarely drove when she was around.
There was a secret that you were keeping tightly under wraps, though—amongst that love. Away from her, and the rest of the team. The joys of traveling to Boston with your team, and your non-girlfriend, is that it’s like a final hurrah before you all graduate and go your separate ways.
A few weeks ago, you received a letter from the admission’s office at University of Notre Dame for their soccer and Literature program—you got in! To your knowledge, Ellie had already committed to Massachusetts Institute of Technology. There was a family friend that lived in the area, which made her feel comfortable with moving so far away. Once you tell her about your commit to Notre Dame, everything will be set in stone; that the both of you were moving on. Everything would be too real—too fast. You were really leaving each other.
That was a topic you always found a way to jump around. At the end of the day, she wasn’t really your girlfriend. The pair of you had been in his happy mix of a relationship and a friendship—calling each other friends but doing the things that people in relationships did for a few years now. It kept too many people from asking you questions you didn’t feel enough conviction to answer. But that left you in a vulnerable position.
Once she sets foot up North, girls will be all over her as if she were a walking aphrodisiac. The prefect blend of masculinity and femininity relied in her spirit. She’d be the apple of any woman’s eye—well, any woman in their right mind—if she does half of what she does for you. Perhaps, one day you’ll rack up the courage to claim her, loudly.
She pulls into the driveway of her two-storied, brick home, sighing, casually. “Oh, I forgot to tell you, Sarah’s back early from school for my graduation. I’m gonna try and get her to be our ride for tonight.” Ellie shuts off the engining, gripping the handle to open up the door.
“Ellie, you know she’s gonna say no. If you wanna drink tonight, I can take one for the team…”
“I want us both to be able to celebrate, and after today, we both deserve a drink. Plus, she owes me.” She shrugged, grabbing her bags from the backseat, and you doing the same.
You chortle, walking around the to truck, to her side. “A drink won’t kill me.”
She looks at you, adjusting the straps on her shoulders. “Okay, you hate driving. Why do you wanna be DD so bad?” Ellie passed you, walking toward her front door. The sound of you giggling, trailing behind her.
“I’m just making sure we have options. Did she drive, this time, from Washington?”
The auburn-haired nodded, unlocking the door and pushing inside. “No, she took a flight. So, she shouldn’t have a problem borrowing Maxie” She referenced the dull, blue Bronco that she trusted with her life.
Ellie’s adoptive sister was a second year at the University of Washington. Every summer she comes back home to be with her family because dorm-life called the shots.
You walked inside behind her, passing the kitchen to get to the pair wooden stairs that led to her bedroom. “I’m home!” Ellie called, walking toward the fridge with you lingering behind her. “Sarah!” She offered you a cold bottle of water, handing it to you as she awaited her sisters’ response.
“Up here!” Her sister responded from up the stairs.
You trailed after your lover, trotting up the wooden steps to follow Sarah’s smooth voice. There was a light echo of The Cranberries, When You’re Gone, playing on the radio, coming from her bedroom. She must’ve been playing the new album. Ellie peeked into her bright space, placing her eyes on her laying figure, doodling in an artbook. Her pale, blue eyes looked up from the coarse page, twirling her charcoal pencil in her left hand. “Dad’s gonna be workin’ late tonight. So, I might be the one dropping you off tomorrow. Hope that’s all right.” Sarah hit the eraser of her pencil against the page, looking up at her sister leaning on the threshold of her bedroom door. Before she had shipped off to Washington, there used to be a thick southern twang that caught the attention of many Jacksoner’s. Sarah replicated the vocal inflections of her father—and Ellie’s voice did the same occasionally. She glanced at you, wiggling her fingers as a greeting.
You smiled, waving your hand.
“I don’t see why it wouldn’t be. Also… Could you do me a favor?”
She rolls her eyes, pushing her stuff aside to adjust herself onto her butt, narrowing her eyes at Ellie. “y/n and I are going to this party tonight, and we wanna drink— safely, so… Could you drive us?”
Sarah sighed, hopping from her bed to turn her silver-gray radio down, twisting the knobs with her index and thumb, plum nail polish artistically chipped. “I thought you had friends, Els… With cars.”
Ellie chuckled, dryly. “I do, but I don’t trust them to drive us back sober.” She rocked on her feet, furrowing her eyebrows to show humility. “C’mon, Sare, you owe me.”
She raised a blonde eyebrow, crossing her arms. “I owe you? From what?” Sarah dubiously asked.
“That one time sophomore year when I lied to Joel about where you were— saying you were at Natalie’s house, when you really were at Cole Matthew’s playing horizontal Twister.” Ellie blinked, feigning innocence. “If you don’t take us… I don’t mind clearing that up with him when I get back from Boston.”
The college girl gasped, then shook her head in disbelief. “Teenagers are evil. Wow.”
“You just turned twenty in April…” Ellie deadpanned.
“Fine. I guess I’ll take you, but I’m picking you up no later than one.”
Ellie rolled her eyes, lips curling at the edges. “Whatever,” She pivoted, taking your hand. “Thanks.” Her eyes glanced at you over her shoulder as she led you a few paces down the hall to her bedroom.
You shut the door behind you, snickering to yourself at the little threat she made to her sister. “You’re a manipulator…” You mutter, dropping your bag near the door. Her room was comfortably dim, with a dark, earthy motif. While her walls were still a white-ish tone of beige, its starkness was diminished by the many posters layered over each other. There was a slight lack of orderliness to her bedroom—a touch of clutter, making it all the more comforting.
Immediately, Ellie walked to her closet to change into some comfortable clothes. She dropped her jeans, sliding on a pair plaid boxers and a t-shirt. “Sometimes you need to do a little manipulating to get the job done.” She shrugged, humorously. “Sarah’s been trying to live down Cole Matthew’s since they hooked up her senior year— it was an easy shot.”
The softness of her made bed called out to you, making you leap onto it after kicking off your sandals. You rolled onto your back, sprawling out over her mattress. “I don’t think Dr. Daniela Star would approve of this.” You sit up on your elbows, ogling her from the center of her bed, referencing the protagonist from her favorite comic. Ellie turned to look at you, lips curling into a boyish smirk.
She sauntered toward you, crawling onto the mattress, over you, settling between your legs. You drape your arms around her shoulders, looking up at her with gleaming irises, examining her round features—olive, doe eyes, sprinkled freckles over her cheeks and nose, plush lips exposing her straight teeth. “What she doesn’t know, won’t hurt her.” Ellie grins, pressing her body against yours as she leaned down to plot her lips on yours. Smooch. Smooch. Before she begins to devour your face like it was the last time.
She braced one elbow by the side of your face, using the other hand to drift down your body, gripping and groping in ways you’d ever allow her to do. You giggled against her lips, completely comfortable under her devoted and doting caress. You were going to miss this most of all—the intimacy of her touch.
So, you spent the time before the party, memorizing every crevice of her body. From the follicles of her auburn hair to the birthmark on her ankle, breathing her in like your own addictive brand of oxygen. After you indulged in each other for a few hours, she pulled out guitar and played for you. Sat by her desk, facing you as you watched her fingers press along the copper strings of her acoustic guitar.
When it was time to get ready for the party, Ellie didn’t do much but throw on an outfit that appeared to have come straight from a Delia’s catalog. You had packed a boxy corduroy mini-dress and a pair of converses that matched hers; they were just a smidge cleaner, though. While you primped and primed yourself, you managed to convince her to smudge some eyeliner around her eyes—it brings out green in your eyes, you say; after propping yourself on her bathroom counter, welcoming her between your legs to add charcoal eyeliner around her eyes.
Ellie then peered in the mirror, over your shoulder, cheeks warming up at her own reflection. She wasn’t a typical wearer of makeup, but whenever she did partake, you noticed her expression of elevation. If it was small, and dainty, she never minded adding to her appearance with a little bit of makeup. However, she only did so when you applied it for her.
You left the house borderline fashionably late, with Sarah swinging Ellie’s keys around her index finger. She hopped into the driver’s seat, adjusting the mirrors and seat to accommodate to her style of driving. Ellie had to push her seat forward to allow you climb into the backseat. The blonde took her time, causing her sister to side-eye her, pointedly. “Sarah, you are killin’ me.” Ellie spoke, holding out an annoyed hand.
“You asked me to drive you, and you’re complaining? I got a hundred on my driver’s test for a reason—”
“Nobody cares. Please, just drive, dude.”
She pressed her lips into a line, shifting the gear to backing out of the inclined driveway. “Ellie, you just get bitchier with time.” You snickered in the back, pulling your seatbelt over your body, clicking it into the lock. As she started down the road, she peered into the rearview, getting a glimpse of you while her lips percolated to speak. “So, y/n, have you committed to a school yet? I know time’s just a’tickin’…” Sarah offered conversation, smiling in the small mirror. From the corner of your eye, you noticed the rigidness in Ellie’s shoulders at the mention of university.
Ellie nudged her over the console, scoffing. “No pressure…” She filled in, giving you comforting glance.
“I haven’t yet… I’m waiting until after nationals… I don’t want my decision to be heavily influenced by anything, you know?” You slowly explain, looking at the blonde through the mirror.
Sarah glanced at Ellie, making a face you couldn’t quite read. “Yeah, for sure.” She responded, chuckling, lightly. “I forget— what are you going to school for? I know Ellie’s doin’ Biophysics. She’s going full astronaut on us!” She playfully punched Ellie’s arm, laughing, joyously. Clearly, already proud of her.
You lick the cherry gloss on your lips, priming them to speak. “I’m going for Literature. I used to want to be a professor, and I might still go down that route, but I think I’m going to take soccer serious for a little while.”
“She wants to go pro.” Ellie added, winking over her shoulder at you.
“Hopefully, I can qualify for the Olympics within the next two years.” You shrug, nodding your head, timidly. It was always hard to tell people what you wanted for your future—especially, when your goals seemed so far away. It was always fifty-fifty when sports players wanted to go pro—hit or miss! That’s why you wanted to get you degree; so, it could seem more realistic.
The eldest in the truck, hummed. “I’ve seen you play. I’m sure you could qualify now.” Sarah laughed. “Who do I have to call to make it happen?”
“Oh, my God! You sound just like Joel!” The auburn-haired player gasped, chortling in her seat. The two siblings then began conversing between themselves, asking for your input every so often.
In the dark, she pulled into a clearing that was already lingering with drinking teenagers. She sighed, putting the car in park. “I swear this is like the beginning of a slasher film— you guys be safe!” Sarah told, leaning down as the both of you exited the car. For a moment, you had to wait for Ellie to release the passenger seat, so you could climb out the same way you climbed in. “And cover your drinks… There’s some odd-lookin’ character’s out here.” Ellie gave her thumbs up, attempting to shut the door, but her sister had to say one more thing. The blonde snickered behind her slender fingers before speaking. “I was also gonna say wrap it up, but… You know—”
Ellie decided to cut her off. “Okay, see you at one!” She shut the door, peering at your amused face. “She’s so not funny.”
“I disagree.” You slide your arm through hers, holding onto her as your feet crunched through the grass. Her earthy eyes glanced at you, glancing down at the touching of your skin to hers—boldly in front of your peers. You weren’t entirely thinking, you just wanted to be close to her. That simple feel for physical touch caused her cheeks to fill with warmth, eyes sparkling under the full moon.
She didn’t say anything because she didn’t want to freak you out. Make you coil into your own touch. Earlier, Ellie didn’t make a note of your touch when you were walking to the parking lot after school, because barely anyone was around to tell the tale. The tale of two girls cuddling up with one another in a more than friendly way. Now, you were surrounded by your peers, other upperclassmen, and you were holding onto her like she was your girlfriend. Not your friend.
You approached a wiggling fire, burning a pile of logs, a bonfire. A few fireflies hovered around it with red solo cups in their hands, conversing and laughing. When they noticed you and Ellie, they smiled and waved—some of them. If the varsity team could be cleanly divided in half, that would show the exact turn out of the smiles and frowns.
“Hey, Turner.” Abby greeted you, and you alone. Nora lingered close by, with Dina and Cat hovering in the back. They waved, but they could see the tension developing and didn’t want to get involved.
Instantly, Ellie stiffened, groaning under her breath. “I’m gonna go find us somethin’ to drink.” She pulled from your grasp, leaving you colder than before—and it was leaning more into summer by the day. Riley held her red cup by the white line along the rim, following her as she walked into the dimly lit dark. You could already hear her rants of internal fury coming from Ellie’s pinched mouth.
“Stop trying to piss her off.” You tell the blonde, deepening your eyebrows.
She pushed her long blonde hair behind her ears, shrugging. “I don’t know what you mean.”
“Let the situation be done with. It’s over, so get the fuck over it— I’m serious, Abby.” Your voice firmed, glaring up at her, since she was so much taller than you. “We are leaving tomorrow, and I want us to all start off on the right foot.”
“Right leg, you mean?” Nora lifted an arched eyebrow. Shamelessly, she referenced the bone-white fibula that was sticking out of Lucinda Henderson’s leg on the field.
“Is that supposed to be a joke, Nora?” You ask her, narrowing her eyes. “You were so upset about what happened, and now you’re joking about it?”
“Well, if it never happened, I wouldn’t be joking about it now, would I?” The curly-haired forwarder retorted.
You scoffed, having enough of their paired hooplah—it was annoying you, and you were wanting to have a good night. “You know, what? Fuck you guys.” You mutter, pushing through them toward Dina, Cat, and another one of the players, Aisha Conrad. They were watching with keen eyes, clutching their drinks in their hands.
“They’re such bitches…” You grunted, crossing your arms, wondering where Ellie was with your drink. You could certainly use one.
Cat swallowed a sip of the jungle juice, nodding her head. “Tell me about it.” She shook her head. “I should’ve never told my dad about this— we should’ve booked public instead. They would have booked an entirely different flight than us, and we could’ve all been spared of their endless bullshit.”
“You know, the only reason I think Abby is still on this team is because she’s fucking Moore.” Aisha added, rolling her eyes.
Dina gasped, covering her lips with her hand. “Wait, what?”
“Aisha, we shouldn’t be talking about that.” You remind her, widening your eyes, warningly.
“No, wait.” Dina held up a hand, eyeing you. “Abigail Anderson is fucking Owen? The same girl who I always catch chatting up cheerleaders?” She raised her thick eyebrows, guffawing, loosening up from the alcohol in her hands. “Hell, I’m surprised she’s not doing it right now!”
The short-haired midfielder, Cat, looked to the dark sky in thought. “I wonder why she chose Owen of all people. He’s so… Lame.”
“And good for nothin’.” Aisha added, shrugging.
You couldn’t help but chuckle at that—good for nothin’—yeah, that checks out. He definitely wasn’t as good of a coach as Tess Servopoulos; you didn’t even know why he was hired. Who cares if he attended Jackson Hole High a few years prior?
“Why not Henry Harmon?” The freckled girl questioned, swirling her drink in her cup. “Now, he’s hot.”
A surprised laugh left your throat. “Dina, don’t you have a boyfriend?”
“What he doesn’t know won’t hurt him— plus, everybody knows that Henry’s hot. Even you. Just because you’re a lesbian doesn’t mean you don’t have eyes.” Dina rambled, carelessly, until she abruptly covered her mouth with her hand, again.
Instead of cowering from the term of your sexual orientation, you barely flinched. You only narrowed your eyes at your friend, chuckling. “Shit, sorry, y/n.”
“No, it’s fine. I’m sure half the student body already suspects it.” You wave your hand.
Aisha pursed her lips, glancing around the teenager-filled clearing. “I mean, it’s not like you had a boyfriend in the last four years…”
Cat nudged her, roughly, arching her lips in shock. Aisha could be a little bit too honest for her own good. You were surprised that she hasn’t told everyone in a five-mile radius that she was friends with a lesbian. Or, maybe, she had. There was one afternoon—junior year—when you checked your main locker and a note fell out. It was scribbled with pink cursive handwriting, signed with heart and purple lipstick.
I always knew you were a lesbo!
In that moment, you thought your life was over. Then, a girl by the name of Laura Leony privately came forward, saying it was all her doing. She didn’t declare why, but she didn’t have to—you could understand. After that, you just tried to lay low.
That might’ve been the worst of you and Ellie. To argue was to breathe when it came to the two of you last year.
“Aisha, what would I do without you.”
“Crash and burn.” Innocently, she touched her ears with her shoulders, giggling to herself. “I really don’t think people care as much as you think.”
Deeply, you inhaled. “You’d be surprised.”
The sound of your name was spoken from behind, causing you to swivel. It was Ellie and Riley approaching. She had two drinks in her hands, and was mid-conversation, talking with her eyebrows burrowed together. “Spiked punch,” Ellie informed, handing you the red solo cup, filled a bit more than halfway. “And it’s pretty strong.” She sighed, jutting her eyebrows up at the girls as a greeting.
“Did you guys know that Abby’s fucking the coach?” Dina abruptly asked them, pointing a lazy finger.
“Yeah,” Riley chortled, sipping her drink.
“Tess?” Ellie questioned, incredulously, snapping her head toward her best friend in confusion.
You sigh, rubbing your fingers along your eyebrows, tiredly. It was better that less people knew about Abby’s silly affiliation with the young coach—it was better for the Fireflies. “Owen. Not Tess.” Still, you clarified, glancing at her. There was a reason you kept this one thing from Ellie. Her and Abby rarely got along, what if she exposed this interesting fact aloud during an argument? They could open a case, and the entire team could be put on probation until it was solved.
Her jaw dropped in mischievous shock. “What? You knew about this?” Ellie asked you, while her eyes gleamed in the dark. The ‘and you didn’t tell me’ part was silent, but you somehow could still hear her saying it in your mind, filling the gaps.
Your response was none other than a sip of your drink, and a brief lift of your eyebrows. You’ve been captain of your team since the end of sophomore year—of course, you knew about this!
“It’s not obvious?” Aisha perched an eyebrow, downing the rest of her drink.
“Some of us mind our business, Aisha.” Riley snickered, crossing an arm under her elbow. She squinted her eyes at her as a bratty response. “It’s not a secret if it’s obvious.”
“This is great.” Ellie muttered into her cup, shrugging her shoulders.
You snapped her your head toward her. “No, it’s not great. Don’t get any ideas.”
Her best friend laughed, peering down at her amusingly. “Oh, Turner, you’re late. Far too late— the ideas have already began flowin’.” Riley laughed. She was always a subtle lover of chaos and disturbance. She rarely ever caused it, though; Riley was more the type to watch it unfold, and step in if she needed to.
“Ellie,” You warn, deepening your eyebrows.
She put her hands up. “Your secret is safe with me— or, I guess, her secret.” Her smokey, olive eyes glanced at her closest friend, snickering.
You suck your teeth, tapping your fingers against the plastic of your cup. “Why don’t we talk about something else? Boston! Are we excited about Boston?” The lip of your cup found your lips, and you began sipping the drink like your life depended on it. It was the only way to numb your anxieties.
Dina grinned, pointing her finger at Ellie. “Oh, my God— wait, didn’t you get into MIT?”
Immediately, she grew bashful, nodding her head. “Yeah… But I’m not going.”
You paused, turning your body to face hers. “What do you mean you’re not going?” Your eyebrows were deepened, eyeing her intently. “It’s fucking MIT…”
She inhaled, deeply, pursing her lips. “They didn’t have the major I wanted.”
“You never said anything about this.”
“You never asked…”
An awkward beat passed through the group. Mainly hovering between you and Ellie. Your free hand fell to your side, slapping against your bare thigh. Aisha’s voice barrels through the silence, looking around a few parked cars. “Henry!’ She called, waving her hand high above her head, breaking the silence. “I’m gonna go… Come on, Cat!” Aisha took Cat’s hand, dragging her from the group. Whoops, things just got awkward. However, you didn’t care; your eyes were stuck on Ellie’s with a worried irises.
“I’m sure Jesse is somewhere lookin’ for me… I’ll leave you guys.” Dina gave a tightlipped smile, slipping away, leaving the two of you by yourselves.
“You’re still going to college, right?” You ask, looking at her intently.
“Yeah, of course! Joel would have my head otherwise.” She responded, chuckling, glancing off into the woods.
You blink at her, scoffing under your breath. “Okay, so where? I know you applied to Brown, USC… Uhm—“
“Notre Dame.” Ellie answered, plainly, rocking on her feet.
Your jaw practically unhinged itself, flickering your eyes between hers. Notre Dame? That was your school. “What?”
She sighed, downing the rest of her drink, crumbling up the plastic and tossing it to the side. “They had the major I wanted. Biophysics. And… I saw the acceptance letter in your kitchen while you were in the shower a few weeks ago.” Ellie paused, running her hand through her short hair. “It’s your dream school— I knew you’d commit. Their soccer program is phenomenal— aren’t they, like, second in the country?”
With your lips gapped open, you were frozen in surprise. Ellie had decided to attend the same school as you? Even after her set plan of going to Boston? To say the least, you were surprised—as surprised as a person could get. The possibility of the two of you going to college together never seemed to cross your mind. Indiana didn’t seem like Ellie’s gig.
“I was hoping for a better reaction than this.” She tapped your jaw, lightly rubbing her thumb against the structure of your face.
You blinked, again. Taut breath escaping your throat. Instead of speaking, you wrapped your arms around her neck, tugging her against your body, causing your drink to spill down the back of her shirt—it was an accident. “Woah,” Ellie chortled, pulling you in from your waist.
“Fuck, I would’ve said something sooner about Notre Dame— I just…” You stammered, inhaling, sharply. “I don’t know… I was getting really existential about everything. Leaving the team behind— leaving you behind! I was fuckin’ losing it…” You pulled back, keeping your arms draped around her shoulders. Her fingers finding comfort at your hips. “But I swear, I was gonna tell you once we got back from Boston… I wish you would’ve said something earlier. Now, I look like an asshole.” You plucked her shoulder with your fingers, pouting.
“I was waiting until you wanted to tell me for yourself— it just took longer than expected s’all.”
Ellie was patient when she wanted to be. At first, you thought it was because she knew that you were separating soon, wanting to end on a good note an all. She used to gripe about being in an unlabeled relationship, but since the spring semester started, she was a sweet as pie. “I’m sorry…” You mutter, playing with the short hairs at the nape of her neck. The comment of your coach rang through you mind—maybe, you should warn her about messing up… But you didn’t want to ruin this moment.
“It’s fine.” She hummed, flickering her eyes over your features. It really wasn’t fine, in your mind, but whatever she said went. If you were her, you would’ve broken up with yourself a long time ago. “We’re goin’ to college together.” Ellie grinned, leaning toward your lips.
You laugh, adjusting your arms around her neck. “We’re going to college together.” You parrot, leaning into her, carelessly. Not caring for the off-handed looks of your peers—as their expectations were met by the physicality of your relationship.
Before your lips could meet, surrounded by trees, the sounds of an altercation pulled her from you. It sounded like—
“Is that Riley?” Ellie questioned, looking over your shoulder.
You turned around, narrowing your eyes on the figures getting at each other. They were pointing fingers and yelling, causing a group to develop around them. “What the hell…” You mutter, dropping your cup, and jogging over to the scene. Ellie was on your tail with a similar look of confusion.
People had gathered in a circle around them, urging them to have a cat fight. You shoved the guy instigating to the side, pushing into the middle of the crowd. Heat burrowed under your skin, glaring at the two girls—Riley and Abby—as you mentally decided on the course of action.
“You know what, meat-head? I suggest you keep your fuckin’ mouth shut!”
“Or what?!” Abby exclaimed, holding up her arms, tauntingly. “You gonna kick my shin in—? I’d like to see you try!”
“Am I gonna do that before or after you fuck Coach Mo—“
That’s when you interrupt, running between the two of them. Ellie following in your steps, placing a hand on Riley’s shoulder. “Riles, leave it.”
You snap you fingers, glaring at the both of them. “Fireflies! What the hell are you doing— let’s go!” You instruct them, pointing your fingers toward the semi-crowded wood. There was a path leading you down, but you need them to separate from the rest of your class. Abby hesitated, gritting her jaw, glaring at the girl with braids running down her back. “Go on…” You push her arm, lightly, guiding her to lead the group.
The core group of the team lingered in the crowd, pushing through as soon as you commanded. When you found privacy, they stood in a line before you. In the order of: Ellie, Riley, Aisha, Cat, Dina, Nora, Abby, Sid, Uma and Mei. You didn’t even realize Uma and Mei had been in attendance until they materialized from the shadows of the party.
You paced down the line like a military general, with your hands held behind your back. “Clearly, none of you heard me when I said that tomorrow we need to be starting off on a good foot— so, now, I have to treat you girls like children.” You scold, glaring at the most argumentative on the team.
Sid raised her hand, pursing her dainty lips. “You don’t have to…”
Your eyes peered at her, smirking. “Oh, my God! Sid, thank you so much for volunteering for my exercise—“
“Huh?”
“Come here.” You tell her, holding out a hand. She comes forward, stuffing her hands into the front pockets of her jeans. “Here’s what you’re gonna do… You’re gonna go down the line and say what love about your teammates— each and every one.”
Sid groaned, slouching her shoulders. “Ugh, that’s embarrassing! y/n, do I have to? My team knows I fuck with them…”
Dina raised her hand, snickering. “Actually, I didn’t know that… You’re always so quiet.”
You grip Sid’s shoulders from behind, peering over her shoulder. “Now, look at that… Why don’t you start with Ellie?”
She dragged her feet forward, positioning herself to stand before the girl. “Uhm, Ellie… I think you’re one of the best this team has. It may not always seem like it, but I appreciate the feedback you give me when it comes to defense.” Sid sighed moving into the player beside her. “Riley, despite how much it annoyed y/n… I do find it commendable that you were so quick to defend your friend for something that she wasn’t even around to hear.”
Riley glanced at Ellie, earning a soft nudge.
Sid continued, going down the line of the team, awkwardly complimenting until her turn was over. The line went from the end to the front, until everyone had gone; you being the last to compliment your team.
The core argumentative four managed to say nice things about each other, through their opposing opinions, causing everyone to neutralize their emotions. After, Riley Abel had found herself apologizing about nearly exposing the relationship between Abby and Owen—it was fucked up, she said.
Then, Abby apologized for tempting her to fight, which led to her apologizing to Ellie for her harsh judgement. Nora followed suit, hesitantly.
So, your plan worked! Either they were all completely humoring you, or the tactic that Coach Servopoulos mentioned last year actually worked.
It wasn’t long before you heard the horn of Maxine honking at you and Ellie. The complimenting session brought you guys to one, meaning it was time to leave. And neither you nor Ellie didn’t mind. The party wasn’t the most relaxing shindig, but improvements were made within the group. Hopefully, meaning that tomorrow morning everybody will be walking onto that plane with a fresh start.
Sarah had dropped you off at your house. Ellie letting you out the backseat, kissing you goodbye, longingly. Her hands clutched your sides like she didn’t want to release you—like you weren’t seeing each other in seven hours. When she finally did, you held onto her hand until your fingers slipped from hers, walking up the path to your home.
You were a bit of a last-minute packer, meaning you spent the next hour making sure you have everything you needed for Boston. Your uniform, pajama’s, cute clothes, three pairs of shoes—including your cleats. In the case of boredom, you shoved two options of books into your duffle bag. Since you were flying privately, because of a large, humble purchase made by Cat Yoon’s father, there was more give to the weight of your bag.
When you were finished, you put the bags by your front door, as quietly as possible to not wake your parents. Then, you showered and slipped into bed, falling asleep to the image of furthering your education with the love of your life. While it slightly worried you, excitement was the most noticeable emotion coursing through you. More so because it gave you time. Time to open up and be yourself to not only Ellie, but to the world moving and progressing around you. You didn’t want to hide beneath a blanket of neutrality anymore.
To love a woman wasn’t a crime to be charged with. Not anymore, at least—its 1996.
The morning came around fast. Your blaring alarm woke you up with a screech, which was followed by your mother knocking on your door for breakfast. Quickly, you did your hygiene routine. Then, you rushed down the stairs to consume something hearty to last the whole flight, or most of it. You never liked eating on planes. It always felt like the food never digested properly in the air, or perhaps, that was your slight neurosis of flying. Your parents spoke of how proud they were of you, going to nationals, getting into college—they were getting emotional before your eyes.
In a way, their emotions shifted onto you, causing your eyes to water. It felt as if you were already saying goodbye to them. Your father helped pack your bags into the car, before he kissed you farewell. He couldn’t drive you to the airport because work had called him in. “Please, don’t forget to call us when you get to the hotel.”
“Remember, your dad is prone to strokes…” Your mother added, walking around to get into the driver’s seat.
You laugh, pulling from the embrace he had wrapped you in. “I remember. I won’t forget!” You patted his arm, reaching for the handle of the passenger door. “As soon as I get to the hotel, I’ll call you, daddy.”
“All right, have safe flight, honey.”
The sound of the foreign engine of your mother’s car sounded as you slipped into the passenger seat with a departing smile. When your mother pulled out of the driveway, you waved to your father as he watched the car roll into street.
Jackson Hole Airport wasn’t far from your home—under ten miles. So, you didn’t spend a lot of time chatting with your mother before you drifted into the independence of traveling to Boston. You couldn’t get far from the drop-off point before she reminded you to call when you arrived at the hotel. After sharing quick I love you’s, you dragged your luggage, with your duffle bag draped atop of it, into the semi-busy airport.
On your way inside, you catch the frantic movements of Mei Hawkins. She was hitching two medium-sized luggage’s and a backpack. They kept falling over, tilting over sidewalk curbs and bubbles on the pavement. “Mei,” You waved, trotted over toward her. “You need some help?”
Her shoulders were hunched, a whine-like laugh coming from her throat. “If you can…” Mei smiled, showing her slight gapped tooth smile. “Flights always frazzle me.” You took one the luggage’s from her, pulling it along with your other hand. There was some weight to it, more than you thought. “A few years ago, my aunt was in a plane crash— it was minor. Barely lifted off the runway before it came back down. She was stuck in Kyoto for a week.”
You snickered, walking through automatic doors of the airport. “I don’t know if we could count that as a plane crash…”
“You can to! The wheels went up, so everybody felt the collision. It was like a bad landing, but worse.” Mei explained with lifted skinny eyebrows. “It’s freaked me out ever since. I haven’t visited Japan in three years because of it.” She shivered, adjusted the straps of her Jansport. “The only reason why I even agreed to this because, one— it’s nationals, and two— it’s within the country. Slowly, but surely, I’m conquering my fear…”
She was a bit of a nervous rambler, but she played completely opposite of that. Like you, she was a center midfielder—she stood right next to you on the field. When Mei focused, she was a totally different person compared to who she was off the field.
“That’s one way to look at it. Glad you could make it— we need you.” You told her, shuffling through people. The team was able to evade customs since the flight was private, thankfully. Especially, with the load that Mei was carrying.
She chortled, peering her hazel eyes around. “No need to butter me up. I’m already coming.”
“Yeah, clearly. And you brought your whole closet with you.” You laugh, looking over at her. “What’s in this luggage? A dead body?”
Mei looked at you with a pointed expression. “I pack for emergencies…” She leaned closer to you, as you approached the outer boarding area. “All types.” The girl spoke with such diction that made your mind go straight to the gutter.
“Mei, is there alcohol in here?”
Her lip fell between her teeth, mischievously. “I’ll tell if you sit next to me on the plane…” She shrugged, walking ahead of you.
“Sold!” Although, you were planning on sitting beside Ellie, the offer was too good to pass up. If she snuck in the goods, Boston was going to be so much more fun than you expected.
The aircraft came into view, obstructing the morning sun from your eyes. It was the perfect size for your team. A smile creeped onto your face, wheeling yours and Mei’s belongings toward the plane. Coach Servopoulos stood outside, chatting with Henry Harmon, and his brother Sam.
Your eyes widen at the sight of them, jogging toward the two. “Oh, shit! Henry, Sam— since when were you guys coming to Boston?” You ask through a friendly smile, doing a mixture of a waddle and jog to approach the brothers. Mei had simply waved at them, before walking up the metal stairs into the airplane.
Henry grinned, waving his hand, boyishly. He was a senior just like you, approaching graduation with ferocity. He was the president of the school newspaper and worked very hard to earn his position. His brother, Sam, was a sophomore following right in his footsteps, knowing how to man a camera like it was easy. Sam took the pictures, and Henry wrote the stories.
“We’re plannin’ on publishing a story on JHH’s Fireflies going to nationals. Coach T just approved the request yesterday.” Henry grinned, leaning onto his tough-box luggage.
Sam gave a shy, tightlipped smile. He pulled his camera around his body, aiming it you. “Smile!”
The flash of his camera shocked you into being ready, but it didn’t work. “Okay, Sam… At least try and get my good side.” You pose for the photo, turning to the side. He chuckles, snapping the picture, then giving you a thumbs up. “All right, I’ll see you guys inside.”
“What am I chopped liver?!” The head coach calls, slapping her hands against her covered thighs.
“Sorry! Morning, Coach Serv!” You grit your teeth, trotting up the steps. Slightly, struggling with Mei’s bag.
Most of the team had already arrived and they already sat in their seats. Abby jutted her eyebrows at you from her cushioned position, sitting beside Nora. They both had neck rests of different patterns and had faces that exposed their fatigue, and potentially, their hangovers. Dina sat beside Mel, and you knew that wasn’t by personal choice. She waved her fingers at you, keeping place in her book with her other hand. Cat and Aisha sat together, already talking up a storm. Ellie and Riley were the only ones running behind, and it made you frown.
“Mei,” You complain, attempting to put the luggage in the overhead.
“Sorry!” She hopped from the seat she was getting comfortable in, deciding to help you get the luggage into the compartment.
After securing it over your seats, you put your luggage in an empty one a little way from your seat, then the both of you sat. She took the window seat, while you took the aisle, in the front half of the plane. Perhaps, it made sense for you to be ahead of most of the team—you were the captain, after all. And, if you could choose a co-captain—which you asked Coach Servopoulos about a variety of times—it would be the girl sitting beside you, Mei. Not only would she deserve the position, but she’s the next best player beside Ellie. Because the two of you have been involved with each other for some time, choosing Ellie as your co-captain would be a recipe for disaster. Frankly, if she were, the decision would be made on the warm front of collective bias; she played entirely too rough to be considered the co to your captain. And the girls would have a riot.
You lean into Mei, squinting your eyes with inquiry. “What’s in the bag?”
Stubbornly, she shook her head. “I’m not telling you until we take off.”
“You say that like I’m gonna snitch on you, or something.” You bunch your eyebrows together. “I would never… As long as I have in on it.” A snicker fell from your lips, and she playfully shoved you.
“I don’t wanna tell you now because then you’ll just ditch me to sit with Ellie… Whenever she gets here.” Mei pursed her heart-shaped lips, looking through the oval window. She hid behind her words a bit, but you could feel the genuineness peeking through her skin.
An empathetic smile spread onto your lips, gleaming at her. It was always a soft feeling to be liked and appreciated. What a page-turner from the night before. “I already told you that I was gonna sit with you… I wouldn’t go back on my word. Swear.” You held out your pinky-finger, bending it to get her attention.
She narrowed her honey eyes, taking your pinky with hers, releasing a sigh. “Fine…” Mei released your pinky, peering over her seat for prying ears. She leaned toward your ear, and you waited with a slight grin of anticipation. “My sister’s boyfriend sells weed, so she got us fourteen grams to split— but only for the seniors, duh.”
You glance at her. “That can’t be it— your bag weighs a ton.”
“There’s two bottles of Mad Dog 20/20, and the rest of the weight should be my clothes…” She says, looking up at the ceiling in thought.
Your jaw dropped, blinking at her. She had two bottles of Mad Dog 20/20… You never took her for a girl who thrived under rebellion. “Mei, holy shit—” Did her parents know about this?
“What are ya’ll whispering about?” A familiar, raspy voice speaks. Immediately, she caught your attention, causing you to swivel you head around.
“Ellie, where the hell have you been?” Quickly, your attention was diverted—purposely, changing the subject from the items Mei had brought. Sometimes, she had the tendency to be late; and every time it drove you up a wall. “We were told to be here by a certain time for a reason. We’re on a schedule.” You nagged, ignoring the soft kisses she was plotting along your forehead.
She chuckled against your skin before speaking. “Last minute, we had to pick up Riley—”
“My bad!” The brown-skinned girl interjected, raising up a hand while she got situated in her seat toward the back of the plane.
“And some morning traffic picked up— this isn’t my fault. Plus, I bought you some tea!” Ellie offers up a warm cup, holding it in front of you. “It’s lavender.” She grinned.
Your eyes lit up to the drink in front of you, taking the warm cup with quick fingers. “Ugh, I love you…” The mumbled words tumbled from your lips before I could catch them. Every proclamation of love you gave to Ellie was all to yourself, or Dina because she knew about the most when it came to your relationship.
Her olive eyes widened, lips parting in genuine shock. For a moment the world went silent, and neither of you spoke. The process of saying I love you in an environment that wasn’t her bedroom, was an odd feeling. It modeled after the uncomforting bite of a crisp, winter morning—poking at your flushed, sensitive skin.
“Awkward…” Aisha poked her head above her seat, and you shoot her a glare.
Coach Tess Servopoulos walked into the plane, which automatically settled the team. Henry and Sam followed after her, finding their seats somewhere in the middle. Abby waved at Henry, reaching to dap his hand as a greeting.
And she wants to pretend that she’s not lesbian.
Just as she does so, the assistant coach walks steps into the plane, nodding his head curtly at those who spared him a glance. Mel jumped onto her knees in her seat, to wave at him.
Ellie scratched the back of her neck. “I’m assuming you’re sitting with Mei— hey, Mei.” She awkwardly waved.
“Hey, Ellie.” She kindly smiled, bending her index finger at the auburn-haired player.
As you held your warm cup, your skin wrinkled between your eyebrows with internal confusion. Did she not love you? Was this a bad time say that—did you say too much, too fast, too loud? Holy fuck. “Yeah, I am…” You respond, distantly, attempting to meet her eyes but you couldn’t fully.
“Cool, uhm, I’ll be back there,” She juts her thumb toward the pair of seats her best friend was settling in. “With Riley… Uh, maybe Mei and I can switch sometime after take-off…?”
“Maybe… I might be asleep, though…” You scratch your eyebrow, pressing your lips into an awkward smile.
“Oh,” Ellie pursed her lips, chewing on the skin inside of her mouth.
“Yeah… You should probably go find your seat— take-off should be any minute now.” You found a way to blink at her. The auburn-haired player chortled, nodding her head. Her cheeks had reddened from your undignified confession, but with your sudden coldness, she felt the need to retaliate with frustration. A scoff left her plush lips as she stepped away from you, down the aisle. “Thanks for the tea!” You raised the cup, turning your head to face the leather in front of you.
Mei bored her eyes into the side of your face the moment Ellie left. “What the hell was that?”
“As if I would know…” You casted your eyes to the cup in your hands, feeling its warmth.
“I’ve known you guys for a long time…” Mei began, puffing air through her lips. “I thought you were the one with the concerns.”
Mei Hawkins had known about your reservations with your sexuality and was one of the few people to understand why you felt that way. She wasn’t a lesbian or thought of women the way you did but she could empathize. Growing up in Jackson wasn’t always the easiest for her either. Her dark, often chained, fish-netted appearance was always a topic of discussion.
“Me too… I don’t know what the hell that was about.” You frowned, scrunching your eyebrows. Ellie has never acted like that before. The moment your louder with your adoration, wether it was on purpose or not, she quivered away. It was such a discomfort that it made your skin itch.
“Maybe, she was just surprised. I love you is kind of big…”
“I’ve already said it before. There’s no reason for her to be so surprised.” You curtly added, intently peering at your friend. Eyes glinting with a shell of worry. For a moment, you thought your eyes were welling up with tears, heating up behind blinking eyelids.
Before the plane took off, the head coach stood up to speak. She demanded that they were to behave the whole flight, be kind to the two attendants, and don’t cause a stir. The girls acknowledged her word all together, nodding their heads, and speaking the saying ‘heard’ in unison.
Within moments the plane finally took off with an unnerving shake of the vessel.
As it rumbled along the track, and gradually lifted off the ground, your stomach folded. Mei had reached for your hand, clenching it with a firm vice. You placed your other hand over hers, puffing air from your lips. Flights weren’t your favorite thing in the world, but your fear wasn’t as great as hers. Under the light weight of her hand, you could feel her trembling. What happened to her aunt must’ve really frightened her—phobia’s truly know how to bury its roots within a person.
Once you were in the air, you dropped her hand, not before massaging her palm, comfortingly. Soon enough, the attendants were walking down the aisle offering snacks and drinks. You were still good on drinks, considering your tea, but a bag a chips wouldn’t hurt. You weren’t hungry, but you offered to share with Mei. To get her mind off the fact that you were floating in the air in a heavy machine.
Within the next few hours, Mei was the first to fall asleep. She swallowed some allergy medication, probably something to help her sleep, and slumped against the window. You tried to sleep but the idea of Ellie being ashamed of loving you bothered your mind. Sure, it was a thought of insecurity, but she’s never done that before. Has she finally had enough of your tiresome ways? If so, you’d understand. That wouldn’t negate the fact that it would still hurt, though.
However, it wouldn’t make sense. She had just admitted to committing to Notre Dame… Because they had the major she wanted, but also, for you. You were confused, and overwhelmed. Perhaps, it was the flight that was making your brain run slow and obsessively.
There was slight turbulence that made you shut your eyes, holding onto the arm of your seat. But it wasn’t enough to completely freak you out—until the shaking got worse. A flight attendant was walking down the aisle, collecting trash into a bag with a kind smile. Another turbulent bump occurred, causing her to run face first into the wall leading to the pit.
After that, there wasn’t much reaction time to laugh or wonder if she was all right.
The private plane began to wave side to side in the air. Beside you, Mei was startled awake with wide eyes. “What the fuck is happening?”
You couldn’t respond because your eyes were stuck on the attendant. Blood had secreted from a wound the accident caused. Her forehead dribbling with thick, crimson blood. Then, the plane dipped in the air, dramatically.
There was a muffled sound of your seat partner calling your name, but your ears had tuned it out while chaos began to nest within the aircraft. Screaming, wailing, yells for order happened all at once.
Masks dropped from the ceiling, but as you began plummeting from the highest point in the sky, you froze. Hastily, Coach Servopoulos appeared, placing the masks over you and Mei’s face as you both panicked in different ways.
Unexpectedly, a hole materialized in the side of the front of the plane, peeling its mechanics away every passing moment. The pressure sucked the head coach out of it, right it front of you. Tears streamed down your cheeks as you released sobs of trepidation.
Mei was right. She had every reason to fear airplanes—but you hated that she was right. It seemed to be your final moments; you peer at her, reaching for her arm, deciding to cling to her. Somehow, your life flashed before your eyes. The moments you shared with Ellie, the moments you hid from the world in the hopes to be seen as normal. What a fucking waste of time.
With Mei in your arms, you shut your eyes, tightly. To brace for the impact of the earth. However, that was something you never got—well, while you were conscious.
In its plummet, sometime between the crash onto the ground and breaking down of its parts, yours and Mei’s seats had been sucked out of the same hole in the wall that Tess had. When it happened, your body shut down out of fear. And for that, you were subconsciously thankful.
However, when your eyes fluttered open after the fall… To your shock, you were hovering over the ground. Moist soil, covered in green leaves, was the only thing in your line of sight. Birds poked at the back of your head, pinching at your skin. Anxiously, you fanned them away.
There was a pressure pulled against your lower stomach, keeping you suspended in the air. You released a groan, reaching for the tightness restricting your lower abdomen. It was the belt of your seat, still locked into the gear that was connected to the cushion. Mindlessly, you tugged at it, dizzy from the fall and the oxygen being squeezed out of you.
When your thumb found the release button, you yelped as you dropped from your suspension, hitting the ground with a thud. Your arms barely braced your fall, causing you to fall face first into the dirt, getting a mouthful of soil.
Its dry, tanginess shocked your senses—waking you up from the trance that had enveloped you. You coughed it up, rubbing your tongue along the fabric of your shirt. “Oh, my God…” You muttered, leaning back onto your knees, taking in the endless environment that surrounded you. Slender stalks of trees went on for miles before you, and it set fear into your muscles.
Mei.
Just then, you gained the memory of the crash. The shutting down of the engine, a hole being blown into the side of the aircraft, the screaming and wailing—you crashed in the woods, but where? You were in a fucking plane crash!
“Mei!” You called for her, rasping, attempting to stand to your feet. You wobbled, scratching your sore throat. But, as you pivoted on your feet, you didn’t have to search far for your seat buddy. Your eyes widened at the sight, lips parting to erupt a horrified shriek.
Her body was strung up, caught in thick branches. Her warm, hazel eyes were wide open, frozen in a state of fear—looking at you. A branch was impaling her chest, propping her body up like a piece of meat on a skewer. It was the same branch that your seat was attached to; the one you fell from.
Your hands covered your mouth in horror, falling back onto your knees. “I’m so sorry… I’m so sorry…” You chanted, leaning into the ground, rocking your body to soothe yourself. Not that it was working. If you could climb the tree to take her down, you wouldn’t have enough strength to pry her from the branch. You couldn’t help her.
Then, the thought of everyone else flooded your mind. “Oh, my God— Ellie…” You whined, wiping your face that was getting covered in more dirt by the second. If something had happened to her… You wouldn’t know what to do. You’ve never been one for suicidal thoughts, but the idea would entice you.
For a moment, you couldn’t help but panic, imagining the worst. What if she was the one strung up like Mei—you wouldn’t be able to take it. The image of that flashed behind your eyelids, causing a cry to emit from your lips. Please, don’t be dead.
The smell of smoke and gas wafted into your nostrils, causing you to sit up. It must’ve been the plane.
Boom!
The sound of an explosion startled you, but it sounded close by. You refused to be alone—out in the middle of nowhere—so, you straightened up. You stood to your feet, dusting the dirt from your shorts. With a final glance to the fallen Mei, you pressed your fingers to your lips, sending a kiss her way. I’m sorry. Internally, you made a promise to never forget her because that was all you could do. She succumbed to one of her greatest fears—what a tragic way to meet one’s end.
However, you had a team to locate, despite the looming temptation of death looking you right in the eye—for the sake of self-preservation, and for the sake of proving to yourself that you weren’t alone in the torture that was the grief nesting inside of you.
taglist: @sawaagyapong, @violetszn, @vxsellie, @vahnilla, @cherryvinyl-777, @aphrodyk3, @lovinglynny.
#🪅#millersfinest#ellie williams#ellie tlou#ellie williams x reader#lesbian#ellie williams smut#ellie williams imagine#ellie williams series#yellowjackets au
253 notes
·
View notes
Text
CHAPTER 2: TAKE MY HEAD AND DRIVE ME HEAD-FIRST

now playing ♫ fearless by taylor swift
word count: 1,297 words
a/n: this was uploaded before but i posted it by accident without realizing hours later then panic-deleted it
series masterlist | prev chap. | next chap.
The regret immediately seeped into my chest when I accepted Mina's request. Like I said before, parties weren't my thing. They've never appealed to me, especially on Fridays. Fridays were for my weekly ‘Bridget Jones’ series binge watching. Breaking my weekly ritual practically felt like a sin.
I stood in a corner, people-watching as I rested the red solo cup on my lips. The loud music thumped the ground so violently it was making my head hurt.
The room was filled with somewhat familiar faces but it didn't calm my nerves down any less. I still nervously bit the rim of my cup and aggressively played with charm on my necklace.
“Y/N!” Mina’s shout snapped me out of my thoughts, her hands on my shoulders. Her freshly dyed pink hair bounced up and down as she jumped to the music. “Why are you just sulking over here? Come have fun!”
I chuckled dryly as I took a sip of the only liquid I could find that wasn't alcohol. “I'm fine here, Mina. I'll just wait until you're done so I can drive you home.” I told her.
Mina pouted and trailed her hands down to my wrists, playfully swinging my arms around as she started to drag me away from the comfort of the random corner I found. “Don't be such a party pooper! I took you here so you can meet people and put yourself out there!” She whined, dancing along with the music as she pulled me away into the crowd.
“I'm fine over here, honestly—”
“No!” She cut me off abruptly, placing a finger on my lips to silence me. “You're gonna have fun and you're gonna like it!”
The vibrations of the music pumped through my whole body. As I glanced around the room, I was able to see more of the people that attended the parties. I could've talked around while Mina was doing God knows what, I went to school with everyone here. There's a high chance I have stuff in common with them, but I'm too awkward to start a conversation. I'll run out of words to say then eventually find a dumb excuse to stop talking and walk away.
Now that I think of it, that's probably why I never dated anybody…
“Guys, this is my friend! Say hi, y/n!” I heard Mina say which instantly made me snap out of my thoughts. I was met with the gaze of who I assumed were Mina's close friends.
I recognized most of them. I'm friends with Ochaco, but I knew of Izuku, Kirishima, Denki, Sero, and—
Bakugou.
I knew him. Of course I did, who didn't? He made a pretty rash reputation of himself for being rude and stuck up. We had some mutual friends, like Mina and Ochaco, but either than that I never really felt a need to speak to him.
But if Mina wants me to be friends with her friends, I guess I could try.
Even if it's insanely awkward.
Bakugou doesn't even know how he ended up at this party. He'd much rather be at home than hanging out with these brainless, drunk idiots. The stench of liquor and sweat filled his nostrils, causing his face to look more disgusted than it already does. The only reason he even showed up was so Mina and Kirishima would stop nagging at him.
But now, standing in front of this cute girl, he didn't regret showing up one bit.
“Heyyy Y/n! Nice to meet ya!” Denki slurred, throwing an arm over her shoulder as he could barely keep his balance.
Bakugou rolled his eyes at his drunken state and could barely hold back a scoff as the rest of the group introduced drunkenly introduced themselves.
“Nice to meet you too..” Her voice was barely audible over the loud music, the only way he was able to make out what she was saying was by reading her lips.
She wasn't what Bakugou was expecting at all. Mina spoke of Y/n in the past, describing her as this outgoing, soft-hearted girl who loved talking about things she liked.
But all he was seeing in front of her was a pretty girl who looked like she wanted to get out of this place.
Before anyone could say anything else, someone shouted from the balcony—
“Shots everyone!”
And everyone ran out the house.
The rest of their friends quickly rush past Y/n, leaving only her and Bakugou behind. She awkwardly shifted the weight between her feet, playing with her cup as she avoided eye contact.
“Hey.” He called out.
Her eyes widened and shot up to look at him. “Uh.. Hi.”
“Bakugou” He stuck out his hand, waiting for her to shake it, which was weird and out-of-character for him. He was never the type of person to be friendly towards someone he just met, hell he wasn't even the type of person to be friendly at all.
She softly smiled at him and took his hand. “I know who you are. I'm Y/n.”
Bakugou continued shaking her hand. It was soft, much softer than he expected it to be.
He dropped her hand and awkwardly cleared his throat, leaning up against the wall as he eyed her up and down. “Don't talk to you much, but you don't seem like the party type, huh?”
She shrugged, still shifting her weight side to side as she had a tight lipped smile on her face. “Not necessarily… I'm only here cause Mina asked me to come.”
“That so?” He said, crossing his arms over his chest.
She nodded then walked up next to him to lean up against the wall as well. “Yeah.. What about you?” She asked, her head slightly tilting to the side in question. “I don't think you're the party type either.”
“Just came to stop Kirishima from bitching is all”
She snorted, and for some reason the sound put a pressure in Bakugou's chest. Her hand quickly coming up to her face to cover her mouth as she laughed silently.
A couple of seconds went by where the two didn't say anything. But it wasn't uncomfortable. Just quiet.
“That's all?” He questioned, asking if that was the only reason she showed up to the party.
“Hm.. I don't know. I thought something interesting was gonna happen.”
He turned his head to look at her, slightly intrigued by her admission. “Hm… like what exactly?”
“I don't know. Someone cool, maybe? You get what I'm saying”
His smirk grew as he leaned over slightly. She's pretty AND looking for a relationship? Bakugou was sure he hit the jackpot tonight. “Yeah I get it. What? I'm not cool enough for you?”
“Huh?”
Okay… maybe that hint wasn't very obvious. But surely she was just playing hard to get, right?
“Nothin..” He muttered, his smirk slightly faltering but still stitched upon his face.
“Do you think I'll meet a cute boy here?”
…
She had to be kidding.
Did she really not notice that he'd been flirting with her this whole time?
He squinted his eyes as he studied her face. Nope, she was a hundred percent serious. She did not get any of his hints.
Is this girl really that dense?
“If you open your eyes a bit more, maybe.” He gruffed, chugging down his drink and glancing off to the side.
“Huh?”
Sure, Y/n was a bit dense. But she had Bakugou immensely intrigued.
TAGLIST [36/50]: @ditsyngel @shibuyablonde @lotusstarr @katsulina @wonubby @kalulakunundrum @tamishadawn @bangersplusmash @erenjaegerswifeee @r9yri @aa-soo @shewki @rednicotine @jaguarthecat @katsuisbaby @snoozebun @h0ngh0ngh0ng @megumismyhusband @jazoewazoe @ac333s @ikissfade @icey-wonders @bakunianadecorazon @marvel-z0mbie @tjbfingfh @d4rlinxs @bokutosmeatythigh @harryzcherry @holobean @grim-reapers-wife @ahahadumbo @qyuin @happinessisabutterflie @bluepartywobblernickel @eternallyshifting @luvvwritess
©LOOKINGFORURAVITY 2025 | please do not copy, translate, or repost my work onto other platforms!
#rea writes !#mha x reader#my hero academia#bakugou x reader#bakugo x reader#bakugou katsuki#bakugou smut#bakugou x you#bnha#mha
171 notes
·
View notes
Text
the space between us three (jyh) | five.
⇢series masterlist | series playlist
⇢summary: while juggling the demands of life, yunho continues to do his best to raise his independent 11 yr old daughter, seora. throughout the years, they've built a strong foundation, an unbreakable bond— one that consists of late night talks and food runs, father/daughter dates, and sideline cheerleading at her basketball games. so when you unexpectedly come into their world, things shift. despite the uncertainty and the fear of stepping outside of their comfort zone, yunho and seora eventually learn how to open their hearts and learn how to rebuild a home where three can thrive together.
⇢pairing: single dad!yunho x f. reader
⇢genre: (18+ - minors dni) strangers to lovers, single dad au | fluff, angst, eventual smut
⇢word count: 6.6k
⇢chapter content/warnings: cussing, mature language/sexually implied content, more progress between oc x yunho 🥰, everyone is playing cupid because they feel it in the airrrr lol, a lil tiny, casual family meet and greet, oc talks to yunho a bit about her parents, yunho is absolutely smitten but he's def still struggling with his own feelings and thoughts
yunho: what kind of coffee do you like?
you: that's random. lol but anything sweet? i usually go for coffee with extra cream and sugar. or a vanilla latte!
yunho: gotcha. lol
you: why? what about you?
yunho: i usually just stick to an iced americano.
you: mud water.
yunho: don't say that. ☹️
you: you know we're supposed to be meeting in like 3 mins right? lol
yunho: sorry, gonna be a few mins late? 😅 got a coffee order to take care of!
you: yunho!
You playfully roll your eyes and smile when Yunho doesn't respond on Slack afterwards. It had been a few weeks since you and Yunho began meeting on a weekly basis, all meetings considered productive yet easy-going and laid back. Some had turned to lunch meetings, killing two birds with one stone whenever you or Yunho had to reschedule. You had grown comfortable with Yunho quickly, and to your surprise, Yunho was reciprocating the same energy. You would talk about the most random things in between going through the to-do list of items you needed to check in about. You were slowly getting to know him, and him, you. You couldn't help but feel like your crush on him was growing by minute, though you tried to tell yourself to take it slow and not act too obvious about it since:
One, you didn't wanna look like a fool.
Two, you don't even know if he feels the same.
Three, what if he's not even thinking about dating in general?
Then, you'd look stupid.
You're not gonna lie, though; a part of you felt like he was also interested in exploring this idea. He was just taking his time, too. Probably checking off the boxes on his own list before saying or doing anything.
The Instagram likes were one thing.
Then, it was reacting to your stories. The likes, the messages. The subtle flirting in between the lines.
Yunho was over here in disbelief because he didn't think he'd be shaking off the dust on his instagram page just to keep up with you. He'd even post a few times on his story just to see if you'd do the same— which, you did.
Had him bothering his own daughter to make sure his posts were up to par.
⇢FLASHBACK
"Ace." Yunho calls for Seora as they sit at a café, indulging in drinks and pastries before getting their day started together.
"Huh?" She says, sipping on her iced peach tea.
"How do you add music to your Instagram story?" He furrows his brows.
"The music note at the top right corner .. ?" She lets out a breath. "Wait, hold on. Hand it over." Yunho cocks a brow up before handing his phone to his daughter. "Why are you posting this?"
"It's a nice picture, isn't it? The sun is hitting the drink and the pastry perfectly."
"It's good, but why don't we get some candids? I can take it."
"What, no—"
"Dad, please. It's impressive, but you need to put a little more umph. You've got a face, like jeez .. put it to use." She raises his phone. "Here, just sit and act natural."
"Seora, you don't have to."
"Sit and act natural!" She repeats. "Act like I'm not taking pictures." Yunho chuckles before shaking his head and acting as naturally as possible while sipping his drink. "Amazing." Seora aggressively clicks away before setting his phone back down. "Hm." She goes through the photos she took. "I'll post the best one and add a song to it, okay?"
"Go for it."
"Just so you know, since you are my dad, it'll be free of charge and you don't have to give me credit." He laughs.
"Noted." She pauses and squints at him, trying to read her father while resting her chin on the palm of her hand.
"Who are you trying to impress?"
"No one! I can't just post?"
"All of a sudden." She continues to give him a look before resuming her work. "Your Instagram has been sitting in the historical section of the library for years."
"Hey, now. That's an exaggeration. What did I tell you about exaggerating?"
"Yeah huh. You didn't even know how to add music. That's how ancient it is to you." Seora laughs. "Dad, just admit it. It's fine. It won't make me love you any less."
"Are you done?" Yunho cocks his head to the side and playfully squints his eyes at her.
"Actually, yup! Just about." She slides over his phone. "Look at your story. In case you didn't know, you press your profile pic—"
"Ace, I know, okay."
"Sure about that?" She giggles, watching as her dad goes through his story— eyes widening in the process.
"Since when did you get good at taking photos?"
"Since ever, duh."
"Thanks, babygirl. Think you might've saved me there."
"You're welcome. Next time, there might be a service fee. Depending on the day."
"Service fee, huh?"
"Payment accepted are stickers, shopping dates and new Nikes."
"We'll talk."
"Great." Seora smiles just as Yunho ruffles her hair.
⇢END
It's the tiny chase. The pre-chase before the actual chase. Surveying the waters before going out to sea.
Yunho likes that part, and so do you.
You smile a bit to yourself thinking about the tiny moments, typing away and taking care of other items on your list until Yunho's figure appears in the hallway. He's talking to someone across the way, two cups of coffee in his hand. He laughs and bids his farewell before walking into the conference room.
"I'm only 7 minutes late."
"Only?" You snort as he puts your cup of coffee down. "Yunho, you didn't have to." You slightly pout and he smiles.
"Did you have coffee already?"
"No.."
"Then, yeah." Yunho chuckles. "Vanilla latte."
"Thank you." You smile at him before taking a sip. It does hit the spot, and you're not sure if it tastes extra good today because Yunho's the one that brought it. "Hey, is this from the coffee shop on the corner of the hospital wing?" You recognize the name as you've made the trek over a few times if you were truly craving their coffee.
"Mhm."
"They give stickers out with every purchase. Did they give you one?"
"Yeah." He digs into his pocket and slides you a cute cartoon drawing of a capybara holding a cup of coffee. You squeal as you take it into your hands, looking up at him with the cutest look he's ever seen.
"It's different every time! Can I take this off of your hands?"
"Go for it." He chuckles. "Glad you like it. I would've probably tossed it."
"I'll give it a good home." You tuck it into your pencil case.
"I know you will." Cute, is what he's trying to say.
"So, how is your morning so far?"
"Kinda hectic. Seora and I stayed up a little too late watching our show. She got up a few minutes later than usual and she was tired. Woops."
"Yunho." He laughs.
"What? We just get too into it without realizing."
"That's cute."
"Anyway, finally shuffled her out the door, then she realized she forgot a folder she needed for class so we had to turn back and .. yeah."
"Eventful morning."
"To say the least." He chuckles. "What about you?"
"Hm, it's been pretty quiet on my end. But, it is Monday so I'm anticipating the chaos as the week goes on."
"I feel that. Did you have a good weekend at least? You looked like you had fun at the vintage pop-up." Yunho types away on his laptop, the never-ending notification sounds of Slack going off.
"I did! Sian and I grabbed a few gems."
"The mirror pic was cute." You giggle.
"Thanks. How was yours?"
"Good. Seora and I did a little staycation downtown."
"Aw. Do you guys always do that?"
"The staycation kinda thing? Not really. But, we always spend time together doing different things. She wanted to hit a couple of spots down there so I figured we could just make a stay out of it. I think we'll camp next."
"That's so cute." You chuckle. "Glad you enjoyed yourself." He smiles.
"Yeah." He's doing that thing again. His eyes linger on you for a second and you aren't really sure how to respond or react. You break first, shifting your attention to the notes on your laptop before clearing the small tension in the air.
"So, how are things going with the team?"
"Good. I think we're ready to schedule a bigger meeting sooner than later to showcase what we've built so far. The majority is finished and they can just let us know what tweaks they want before we finalize and deploy."
"Oh, really? That's amazing, Yunho!"
"Don't thank me, I barely lifted a finger. It was the clinical informatics team."
"Shut up." You laugh. "You helped push it through with your guidance, regardless." You take a few notes. "How about the network and everything in the peds unit?"
"Should be good to go, too."
"Okay. I'll send out a poll later to the wider group to find a good time for us to meet."
"Sounds good, boss lady." You chuckle to yourself as you set your own reminders before meeting his eyes again. "How's everything else going on your end?"
"Hm, good. We're just waiting on a few approvals regarding patient transfers and all these other clinical roadblocks."
"Keeping you busy, I see."
"Kinda, yeah. But, I like it."
"That's all that matters." He gives you a toothless smile.
"Is there anything else I should include in the meeting agenda for the wider group?"
"I think that's it. It'll be key for them to see the build and watch us play around with it. It'll probably take up most of the meeting."
"Should we aim for an hour?"
"Are you gonna stay for the hour?" You cock a brow up.
"What if I leave?"
"30 mins then." You snort.
"Kidding. I have to, silly."
"1 hour's good then."
"Why does it matter if I'm there or not?"
"I like having you around? You .. have a calming presence. It makes me feel comfortable." You giggle.
"Uh huh."
"Swear. These people can be ruthless."
"I'm sure. I don't doubt that. I'll be there, I have to be. And you'll all do fine, I'm sure they'll be really pleased about the progress no matter what." You sip on your coffee. "Anything else? Going once, going twice?"
"Mm, yeah. Actually. Not to pivot or anything, but they're having food trucks at the hospital courtyard later for lunch. Wanna come?"
"What time?"
"I think they'll start around 11:30am, but we'll probably head down closer to lunch or a bit after."
"Cool. Let me know when you guys are there? I'll try to drag Noeul with me. I'm sure Sian will be there."
"I'll slack you." You shake your head, immediately feeling bold enough to slack him your number.
"My number. So you don't have to Slack me. I don't always check it." He smiles and calls the number before hanging up.
"That's me." He smirks. "Coulda just asked, you know?"
"You're full of it." He laughs as you both stand, gathering your things to head out of the room. "Guess I'll see you for lunch?"
"Mhm. I'm sticking around on this floor to take care of something else. I'll text you where we're at later." He presses the elevator button for you, watching as you safely get inside.
"Sounds good." He gives you a nod of acknowledgement just as the doors slide and close in on you.
Lunch comes quicker than you can even grasp, the sudden wave of emails and little, never-ending tasks taking up your morning hours. It isn't until Noeul pops into your space that it triggers you to check the time again.
11:58am.
"Um, what are you doing?" She knits her brows at you, watching as you furiously type away. "I was waiting for you to come, but you never came."
"Sorry, time literally flew by with all this stuff coming up. But, I'm almost done."
"Okay, let me go pee then. I rushed over thinking you might have left without me."
"What, no?" You laugh just as she scurries off to the bathroom, giving you time to type up the last bits of your email before sending it off and crossing it off on your to-do list.
yunho: we're out here! coming soon?
you: mhm, just waiting for noeul!
yunho: we'll stick around the fountain until you ladies come!
you: [likes message]
"Ready?" Noeul has her wallet in hand, a big smile on her face as she approaches your cubicle once more.
"Are you ready?" You chuckle as you stand and push your chair in.
"Definitely. Starving." She sighs. "So, Yunho invited you, hm? Literally can't get enough of you—"
"Stop it right now. Don't go there." You press the elevator button. "We're just cool. He's chill. It doesn't have to be anything." You give her a look.
"Doesn't have to be anything when he could have just left it at your weekly Monday morning meetings. But, no." She smirks and turns to you as you head inside the elevator. "We got lunch dates and now, food truck dates."
"Okay, you know the lunch meetings were because either of us had to reschedule. And this food truck thing happened on a whim."
"Why are you trying so hard to deny all of it? Girl, it's right in front of your face. The man wants you and I know you do, too." She gently nudges you. "Atta girl." You feel the heat rise to your cheeks as you scroll senselessly on your phone just to distract yourself.
"Anyway." You let out a breath.
"Uh huh." She giggles.
"Sian's there. Any idea what you're craving?"
"You know, I've been craving a good pad thai." You nod.
"That's sounds right now, actually. With some vietnamese coffee."
"Hope they have a truck for it." The both of you swiftly exit the elevator and start making your trek down the path to the main hospital. There are a bunch of trucks parked around and near the courtyard area, with expectedly a ton of people in attendance from both hospitals. You spot the fountain in the middle, tippy-toeing to see if you can catch a glimpse of Yunho from where you're at.
"Oh, you're here!" Sian says, already with a to-go container in hand. "Where's your guy at?" Noeul laughs loudly.
"Shut up!" You glare at her. "They're by the fountain." You start heading towards the fountain with the two in tow.
"There's so many trucks, I'm overwhelmed."
"All so good, though!" Sian starts talking about what she bought and the other trucks she managed to pass by. When you finally approach the fountain, you find Yunho, Taehyun, Jihoon and a couple of their other team members hanging around— laughing and joking in their usual fashion. His eyes immediately land on you, and his lips turn upward into a big smile. He waves, Taehyun, Jihoon and the others turning your way to greet you with smiles or their own waves.
"Aw, she's here." Taehyun pokes fun at Yunho. "His ears are turning red." Jihoon laughs.
"Never seen that before. Must be a good thing." Yunho squints his eyes at them before you and the girls finally approach the group.
"Hey!" You greet them, along with Noeul and Sian.
"Glad you made it through the sea of people."
"Yeah, there's definitely a lot of people around." You chuckle.
"Hungry? Wanna go find something to eat?" You nod, letting Yunho lead the way. Before you even realize it, You and Yunho end up walking away from the group unintentionally— everyone splitting ways to grab food of their liking without coming up with a plan to meet somewhere in the middle afterwards.
Unless, this was their plan all along.
You can't even spot any of them in the surrounding crowd.
"Anything you're craving?"
"Me and Noeul were just talking about this." You chuckle. "We've been thinking about good pad thai."
"Mm." Yunho hums. "I think they have a truck over there for it. Line is kinda long though, if you're okay with that."
"It's fine. I have time." You look up at him. "What're you gonna eat?"
"Whatever you're eating?" He laughs. "I'm not gonna leave you alone in this line."
"Yunho. I'll be good, you can go find something you like."
"Nah, it's okay. I'm good with whatever. Besides, their garlic noodles sound good." You giggle.
"Okay then! If you say so." You pout a bit and he lets out a tiny laugh.
"How have the past few hours been?"
"The usual. A few emails did wash in and keep me busy. Had two quick check-in meetings over Zoom, too." He nods. "What about you and the team?"
"Yeah, it got kinda chaotic for a second. Lots of things were breaking at once, but we've got a handle on it. Systems are recovering." He checks his phone to make sure nothing else urgent has popped up.
"You guys are always running around."
"We are. Between both hospitals. Gives me a good workout to be running around like crazy." You laugh. "How's your brother doing, by the way? He seems cool. It was nice to see you guys together that one weekend."
"Cool? Please." You playfully roll your eyes. "But, he's good. Living life as he usually does." You chuckle. "We'll probably be back in the next weekend or so. Be prepared to get sick of us. Or, me. I guess."
"Nah, never." Yunho laughs. "I'm glad you'll be around more often. I'm sure your parents are happy about it."
⇢FLASHBACK
"Your favorite child is here—" You smack Wonwoo upside the head as you two head in through the gate of your parents' house. You and Wonwoo decided to spend the night as an attempt to genuinely give them more time and be around them. "Ah-ow." He squints and looks at you.
"I don't recall you helping pick out their new couch last week."
"Oh, because the one weekend I'm away and can't come, you automatically think you're the favorite? Get a grip." You roll your eyes and gently push him to the side before entering the house.
Yunho's car isn't in sight next door.
The both of you greet your parents loudly before going to your old, respective rooms and dropping off your things. Your parents waste no time shuffling you two back out of the house, dragging you along on their usual routine— Costco, other grocery stores and a bit of shopping at the mall. Wonwoo and your father start geeking out over golf clubs, fishing and coffee, while you and your mom are too busy shopping for makeup, bags, perfumes and skincare.
It's nice to see your family like this.
Calm, peaceful and enjoying each other without any side commentary and remarks.
Your family decides to grab a pretty early dinner at the food court— you and your brother opting for some rice bowls, while your mom and dad share some cold noodles. You and Wonwoo start updating your parents about where things are at work, with your mom happily praising Yunho when you mention how often you have to meet with him to push things forward on the IT side. Wonwoo talks a bit about how work has been keeping him busy and how him and the boys are planning more trips in the future. Luckily, your parents don't say much about how you both have been spending your downtime— the two of them too busy fighting over the kind of boba drink they wanna share before leaving the mall.
When you get back, you and Wonwoo clean up and get settled, already feeling hungry again after the small, early dinner you had.
"Hey." You lean against Wonwoo's door frame as he stands from shuffling through his duffle bag.
"Yeah?"
"Kinda want a snack. Ice cream. Something we can take and sit by the pit in the backyard."
"Convenience store trip?" You nod, already dressed in your oversized crewneck and sweats. Wonwoo throws on his hoodie over his shirt, sporting his basketball shorts and slippers. You let your parents know you're trekking down to the store, your dad calling out for you to bring back bottles of soju just as you head out the door.
You let out a breath when the crisp night air touches your skin; breath visible in the cold. As you exit through the gate, you notice Yunho's car is parked now, and you suddenly wonder what he's up to.
"It's a little nostalgic making this walk and sleeping in my room again." Wonwoo cuts in.
"Yeah, I know. I kinda miss those times. When we'd get home from school or head down to the convenience store with our friends before walking deeper into town."
"The simple days."
"Tell me about it." You chuckle, head pointed down as you continue the quiet walk with your brother. The door to the convenience store dings when it swings open, causing you to turn your attention back upwards.
You stop, and Wonwoo knits his brows at you when he sees you've stopped moving forward.
"Oh— Yunho." You pause in your steps when you see Yunho and his daughter come out of the same convenience store. A small smile tugs on the corner of your lips when you get a good look at how much she looks like her dad. She's got height to her, too. Makes sense she's an athlete. She's got dark brown hair, long. Eyes are brown, lashes are long. Her eyes and her nose are exactly her father's. She's dressed in a cute puffer jacket and flare leggings, Ugg slippers. Her dad is in a thick Essentials grey hoodie, jeans and brown Nikes.
"Y/N, hey." He smiles. "Nice to see you."
"Grabbing ice cream after dinner?" You look at the ice cream in their hands.
"Before, actually." He shyly says before chuckling. "Haven't gotten to making dinner yet, we just got home not too long ago."
"Touché. All good. Can't go wrong with that, sometimes." You laugh a bit before turning to Wonwoo. "This is Wonwoo, my younger brother."
"Hey." Wonwoo does a curt bow, which Yunho reciprocates. "Nice to meet you."
"Nice to meet you, too. This is my daughter, Seora."
"Hi." She smiles toothlessly as she sways from side to side, hand in a pocket while the other holds her ice cream cone.
"Hi Seora." You look at her with a soft smile while Wonwoo waves.
"They're Auntie Love and Uncle Po's kids."
"Cool. It's nice to finally put a face to it. Your parents talk about you alot. Like a lot! But we never see you around." She says.
"We just get busy, is all. But, you'll be seeing more of us from now on." Seora nods.
"Are you guys picking up some ice cream, too?"
"Yeah, and other snacks. Drinks for my dad." You chuckle.
"We're about to hang out in the backyard with our parents if you wanna join. Sure they wouldn't mind." Wonwoo adds with a shrug.
"Thanks, that's really nice of you guys. Don't wanna intrude, though. You should definitely take this time with your parents." Yunho responds.
"Well, I'm sure one of us will be knocking at your door with food tonight."
"I can look forward to that." Yunho laughs. "Anyway, we'll get going. Thanks again, and enjoy your goodies." His eyes land on you, and you can't help but feel the heat instantly rise to the surface of your cheeks. He doesn't break contact for awhile, which doesn't make it any easier for you. It isn't until Seora and Wonwoo start walking off that he finally breaks and gives you a tiny smile before following his daughter home.
"Aye." Wonwoo says when you reappear next to him again. "He seems nice. Is that the guy you were talking about? Mom and dad's neighbor that you work with?"
"Yeah, we're working together for the new department. It's also the same guy I almost spilled my coffee on."
"Damn. No wonder you were crying about it." He laughs. "I saw you two."
"Saw .. what?" Wonwoo clicks his teeth and gives you a look.
"Just looking at each other. That's what. Don't play dumb." He grabs the soju bottles for your dad and slips it into the basket.
"Oh. Jeez, that wasn't anything."
"Uh huh. Cause I stare people down on a daily basis the same way you two do."
"Wonwoo." You roll your eyes. "We barely know each other."
"And? Doesn't mean you won't, especially having to work so closely with him." He throws some of his favorite snacks into the basket, along with your favorite chips.
"Well, you know what, whatever happens, happens. Either way, I'm good. You know this."
"I feel that."
"Besides, I know Yunho is worried about his daughter more than anything. Wouldn't that be kinda weird to step into their life and disrupt their whole flow?" You head towards the ice cream. "I can imagine mom having a lot of shit to say about it."
"Dude, mom and dad love him and his daughter. He wouldn't have to do a damn thing to impress them." You laugh.
"Wishful thinking." You shake your head. "Anyway, let's not get ahead of ourselves." You look at him with both your favorite ice cream in hand. "Ready?"
"Yup." You and Wonwoo head to the counter, allowing your brother to [happily] pay for the snacks and drinks. He carries the bag in one hand while you both joke around in your usual sibling fashion until you head your mom's voice echoing in the street.
"My kids! They finally make an appearance! You met them, right? Seora, you've met my kids?! They finally took time to see us—" You watch as Yunho and Seora turn towards you, tupperwares already sitting in Yunho's hands.
"Mom, jeez. You're the loudest thing in this street." Your brother teases, making you laugh. "Airing out our business to the whole damn neighborhood."
⇢END
"I guess so. Even then, our parents will still find ways to rub it in our faces." You let out a small breath, pushing upwards as the line moves.
"Can I ask you something? You don't have to answer if you don't want to. Call me nosey if you want." You cock a brow up as you meet his eyes again.
"Try me."
"Do you and your parents get along well?"
"I guess so. For the most part. We're just like any other family who fights every now and then. Why do you ask?"
"I— I just heard it in your voice that first Monday meeting we had. It just seemed a little deeper, is all. Wanted to see if you were okay."
"Wow, you remember that far back?"
"Well, to be fair, it wasn't that far back. But, yeah. I don't know. I picked up on the shift." You look down at your feet.
"It's really nothing deep. We just argue like any kids do with their parents. They set a lot of their expectations and wishes on us, even if it's not what me and Wonwoo want right now. Or, I guess to put it plainly, they've been putting a lot of pressure on us."
"Which is?"
"Well, you know. The usual settling down and having a family of our own. We have each other, but they still worry that no one else will help take care of us or support us in the long run."
"I know it can get frustrating, but I'm sure the underlying message is that they just wanna see you both happy and taken care of."
"Right, but we're happy with where we're at. We aren't are rushing, but they keep acting like time is running out."
"Hm." He hums again." I'm sorry."
"It's okay. I think we've gotten used to it, and we're both just trying to remember the more positive side of it like you mentioned."
"They care about you two deeply, that's all it is. Nothing about you two doing anything wrong."
"Yeah. I know." You give him a subtle toothless smile before shifting your attention to the front. You finally get to place your order, with Yunho suddenly jumping in right before you get a chance to whip out your card. He relays his order and taps his card against the reader to pay for both meals, walking away with a shit-eating smirk on his face as you follow him in disbelief. "Yunho!"
"What?" He laughs.
"Why'd you do that! You already got me coffee! Let me send you some money."
"No, I wanted to." You pout.
"Are you sure? I mean, the food was kinda pricey, I wanna send—"
"Y/N." He looks at you. "I promise it's fine. I wanted to, so let me, yeah?"
"Okay. Fine. But, I'll get you next time."
"Sure." You whine a bit to protest. The food is whipped up quick, with you and Yunho only waiting another 5 minutes until it's being handed over in a thick plastic bag. You spot your friends and his team members huddled at a table, waving you over to join them while they eat. You plop down next to Sian and Noeul, who have already started eating— to your surprise, Noeul opted for something different than what she was originally craving. The group is engaging in lively conversation, the boys asking a lot about how the pediatrics unit usually is or picking Noeul's brain with HR cases [sparing any sensitive details].
Its nice that you, Sian and Noeul are blending in easily.
Conversation comes easy, even when Yunho is looking at you the way he is from across the table.
In the next 45-mins, both Sian and Noeul run off to a meeting, with a few of Yunho's team members heading back up to tend to service tickets. Taehyun and Jihoon are the last few to bid their farewells before they're leaving you and Yunho alone.
"Let me walk you back."
"You don't have to."
"Y/N, what can I do? I can't pay for you, I can't buy you coffee, I can't walk you. God forbid." You laugh at his teasing and playfully push him aside.
"I just don't want you to do extra work when you'll probably have a shit ton of work to get back to."
"No biggie. I can handle it." You nod. "Did you enjoy your food?"
"Oh my god, yeah. It was so good. How about you?"
"Yeah, it was good. Anything else on your plate for today?"
"We shall see." You look down at the ground. Yunho is literally battling with himself right now, trying to figure out if he should keep asking you to lunch or if he should take the leap and ask if you wanna hang out outside of work hours. You don't break the silence for a good while either; it makes Yunho wonder if you were thinking about similar things, too. "You okay?"
"Oh, yeah. Just kinda spaced out. Maybe the food coma is hitting me." You giggle, stopping at the side entrance of the pediatric hospital.
"Try to take it easy then, okay?" You look up at him and the sun hits you perfectly from where you're standing. You're having to shield your eyes and squint at him, and Yunho thinks it's adorable. He steps to the side to help block the sun rays, making you giggle even more at the use of his tall figure. "I guess I'll see you later?" You smile. "Thank you for walking me, Yunho. I feel kinda bad you have to trek back."
"Ah, can get my steps in." He shifts his weight and rocks back and forth on his feet while looking at you. "Lunch again tomorrow?"
"Sure, yeah."
"I'll text you." He smiles, watching as you nod and wave— shuffling over to the elevator. You give him one last goodbye before the elevator doors swallow you whole, leaving Yunho to his lonely trek back to his headquarters.
Should he have asked?
Would he lose anything by asking?
Is he being too much?
Do you even like him like that? What if it's just your personality to be that kind and sweet?
What if you're like that to everyone and he isn't any—
"Hey." His head turns upwards to see Ara coming out of the hospital.
"Oh, hey."
"Coming back from lunch?"
"Yeah." She nods quietly.
"I see you've been hanging out." Yunho furrows his brows at Ara. She nods towards the pediatrics hospital and he follows her gaze before returning his attention to her.
"Oh. We're working together on the new unit and she's the bridge from the pediatric end. We just meet weekly about updates." She nods slowly, silently.
"Over lunch, too?" Yunho tilts his head to the side. "You seem like you get along well with her."
"Yeah." Yunho pauses a bit. "We're chill."
"That was fast."
"Ara." He calls her name with slight disappointment in his tone. One, he's a little appalled she'd jump to conclusions so quickly. But two, most importantly, he understands why she would be frustrated but who was he to force feelings? He simply didn't feel the same way she did and he's genuinely sorry about it. He tried to bring her down gently and he still stands by what he said— he doesn't think he'd be ready to take on a super serious relationship right away if anything were to evolve.
He'd need to take his time and build his trust, his comfort.
And he just couldn't see that with her.
"All good!" She laughs it off. "Glad you're happy." She nods before brushing him off completely. "Anyway, I gotta run to eat before I do my rounds. See you around!" She flies right on by without giving Yunho any more time. He sighs heavily to himself, mumbling a low 'shit' as he turns on his heel.
"What was that about?" Seonghwa has his hands dug into his pockets as he points his lips behind Yunho.
"A whole misunderstanding."
"That, or she's just hurt." Seonghwa chuckles a bit. "Was it the whole lunch thing? Lunches, I guess. Lunches, meetings, coffee dates, whatever." Seonghwa corrects himself.
"Sure, yeah. Guess you could say that."
"She'll be okay."
"Where the hell were you, anyway? I tried texting you but you didn't respond."
"I went to go see Yoori." Yunho slowly nods.
"Ah. Got it." Seonghwa chuckles and shakes his head.
"Then I got caught up with some people in the lobby. How was the food truck event?"
"Good, they actually had some really good trucks posted there today."
"Damn. It's okay. Next time."
"Yeah, I'm sure your time with Yoori was eventful, anyway."
"Fuck off. Y/N came?" It's no secret that Yunho had already mentioned you to Seonghwa and Mingi at this point. Not only because you two were meeting frequently, but because he started to open up to his bestfriends about how comfortable you made him feel and how he had been interested in possibly exploring things further. They know what Yunho is like when he genuinely has feelings for someone and is deeply interested, and this is it. The constant messaging, down to meet up during the work day without question, dusting off the Instagram page to catch each other's attention— it feels like forever since they've seen Yunho gush over someone the way he had been doing with you.
They're glad, though.
They hope this takes off properly.
They hope it all works out well.
"Sure did."
"How was that?"
"Good." Yunho smiles a bit to himself.
"When am I gonna meet her?"
"Well you could've if you weren't so busy tending to your needs." Seonghwa clicks his teeth.
"She looked cute."
"She is cute."
"Okay, maybe you do move on fast." He jokes.
"Correction." Yunho looks at him. "I put myself out there and gave it a shot with Ara just like all you assholes told me to and it didn't work out. Sorry." He shrugs. "I don't know what you want me to say." Seonghwa laughs.
"I'm just teasing. I know, I know. And that's fair. I can't blame you." There's a small silence before Seonghwa breaks the air again. "Well, it seems like you and Y/N are getting along more and more every day. It's nice to see."
"Yeah, we are. It's nice having her around and working with her on all these things."
"When are you gonna ask her out?"
"That's a good question." Yunho kicks at the ground below his feet before shrugging. "Am I?"
"Yeah? Absolutely."
"I don't know. I'm kinda shy to after the whole Ara thing."
"Well again, to be fair, that was you testing the waters. This is slightly different since you both are genuinely interested in each other."
"I dunno if she is."
"Quit that shit, okay? If she wasn't, she wouldn't be wasting time on your ass." Yunho sighs.
"I should've asked her while she was with me earlier."
"You can always text her if you can't wait."
"I don't wanna be lame, though."
"You're not! It's all in the beginning stages, you're not gonna have everything down perfectly no matter how hard you try."
"I guess so. I'll think about it tonight."
"Don't lose out on it." Yunho licks his lips, interrupted by the notifications blaring through his phone. He sees a few urgent issues coming up, causing him to rub at the back of his neck before groaning and tucking his phone back into his pocket.
"Anyway, gotta run. Got some shit to take care of. I'll talk to you later."
"Don't text or call me unless you have good news to share."
"Fuck you." Yunho mouths out before doing a light jog towards the old hospital to take care of business with Taehyun.
"I mean it!" Seonghwa says loudly before walking towards the café for more coffee.
As the day goes on, both you and Yunho end up getting swamped with tasks here and there— the both of you leaving work a little later than your end times. You swing by the store to grab a few more groceries needed for dinner, while Yunho gets home and quickly showers to prep dinner for him and Seora. Although you had been busy, you had been wondering what Yunho was up to and vice versa.
Yunho, especially.
He manages to whip up some spaghetti, having a good, hearty conversation with his daughter about how school and practice went today. Yunho listens attentively when she complains about her teacher assigning a report due at the end of the week, listens attentively when she talks about a new play their coach pulled out during practice. He listens attentively to all the little quirks and details of her day, exchanging his own when she asks how work was and if he enjoyed the food trucks that came by.
Even throughout all of that, a part of him is still stuck on you.
You.
Torn and getting pulled in all different directions.
Bedtime comes and .. he still hasn't decided. All this internal back and forth is starting to make Yunho feel frustrated because of Ara, because of Eunha— because he thinks he just can't get past losing someone else, or not finding someone who could be a fit for him, his daughter.
He's scared.
He's scared he'll never get to experience that ever again, and if he does, it'll probably just get taken away from him.
Again.
That's why he hesitates. He's not sure if he has it in him, but at the same time, he knows he has to get past this. He has to try, and he has to stop assuming they'll all end badly in one way or another.
"Fuck." He mumbles to himself as he slightly sits back up, grabbing his phone from the nightstand.
Should he wait? It's getting late.
He watches the minutes pass him by before he pulls up your number and begins to type away, thinking of some kinda excuse to pull himself outta this shit before it's too late.
But, he can't help it. He wants to text you.
Fuck it.
yunho: hey! sorry for the late text. hope i'm not bothering you.
Your eyes dart to your phone sitting on the edge of the bathroom counter while you continue to massage your night cream into your face, slowing your motions and smiling to yourself when you see who has finally put your number to use outside of work hours. You massage the remaining cream down to your neck before picking up your phone to respond.
you: hey you! you're not a bother. ☺️
yunho: oh, you're awake?!
you: i don't sleep that early! haha.
yunho: idk you said you fall asleep at like 8pm. lol
you: i said sometimes i'm in bed by 8pm but i don't fall asleep until later! i just get lazy and don't wanna do anything at the end of the day. lol
yunho: okay fine, fair enough! i'll let it pass.
you: please, hahaha
yunho: soooo .. this is kinda lame and i should've done it earlier but i was shy about it 😭
yunho: but, by any chance, do you wanna grab dinner and kick it at the end of the week? no pressure or anything.
you: not lame! lol. i'd love to, yunho. ☺️ sounds fun!
yunho: really? 😀 cooooool. let me plan and think of a few things we could do.
you: sounds good w/ me!
yunho: i'll let you get to bed. see you tomorrow?
you: mhm, mhm! goodnight. 😌
yunho: goodnight y/n, sweet dreams.
You bite onto your bottom lip as you giggle to yourself and grab your lip mask before happily waddling to bed. You let out a squeal against your pillow, instantly texting Sian and Noeul about what just transpired.
The end of the week couldn't come any quicker.
⇢taglist: @asjkdk @interweab @woojirang @svintsandghosts @cheolliehugs @persphonesorchid @mxnsxngie @jycas @cowboydk @nopension @curse-of-art @thechaotictheoryy @likexaxdaydream @dalsuwaha @enha-stars @yasuraokaa @professormingisglasses @yunyunrin @pommelex @astral-trashcan @laura1399 @domfikeluva @tournesol155 @hwaskookies @yusalterego @hwa-stars @hyukssunflower @chngbnwf @jaytheatiny @lucid-galaxys-world @chaotic-floral @sofkloster @honeyrecommends @hwashua-luv @luvv4bby @spicxbnny @pandyandy71 @sanniesaurus
#yunho#jeong yunho#ateez#yunho fanfic#yunho series#jeong yunho series#jeong yunho fanfic#yunho x reader#jeong yunho x reader#ateez series#yunho x y/n#yunho x you#kpop imagines#yunho fluff#yunho angst#yunho smut#jeong yunho fluff#jeong yunho angst#jeong yunho smut#ateez smut#ateez fluff#ateez angst#hwaslayer: the space between us three
259 notes
·
View notes
Text
first kiss // [an ot8 series] ➥ LMH
Lee Know
part of the first kiss Masterlist, a simple unrelated drabble series of your first kiss genre: fluff? non idol bsf! Lee Know x reader summary: Lee Know's been your friend since high school, so naturally you go to him with your boy troubles. word count: 2k warnings: cussing. mentions of previous relationships/dates. talk about body image and self worth/esteem. cute lil ending. :)
⠂⠄⠄⠂⠁⠁⠂⠄⠄⠂⠁⠁⠂⠄⠄⠂ ⠂⠄⠄⠂☆
“He didn’t kiss me.” You huff, recalling the date you had with some guy you had thought was super into you, only to end the night on an unsatisfying note.
Lee Know shoots you a glance with a skeptically raised brow. “Are you still talking about the same date?”
With a shrug of your shoulders, you take your boba orders from the register while Lee Know pays for them. You wait as he places his card into his wallet then the pocket of his jeans. Once his hands are free, he takes his drink from your hand and leads the way out of the shop with you not even half a step behind him.
“Is this the same guy from last month?”
The meet-up is a weekly ritual for you and your best friend: boba at your favorite spot, a hole-in-the-wall establishment run by a young man and his two elderly parents, followed with a walk to the nearby outdoor mall where you two would sit by the water fountain, people watching. It started junior year in high school and you're both determined to make sure the tradition doesn’t die.
“Yeah,” You munch on the cotton candy that is placed on top of your drink–an expensive gimmick, but still one of your favorite places–, swirling around your straw. “I just don’t get it.”
As the sidewalk gets busier with people the closer you get to the shopping center, you stick close to Lee Know who easily makes his way through the crowd. You hold on to the back of his shirt, making sure to not get lost or left behind.
He looks back at you over his shoulder, right in tow. “What don’t you get?” He decides to humor you, but he knows you well enough to assume where this is going.
Again, you let out a huff of hair in frustration. “My love life is nonexistent, Lee Know. You don’t understand.” Lee Know leads you both to the center of the outdoor strip mall that opens up to a larger area. There is a good amount of people around, all ages: teenagers that gather after school to hang out with their friends, young parents pushing babies in strollers, grandparents telling their grandchildren to be careful around the fountain as they walk by the edge. You take your usual seats on a bench that faces the fountain and he stretches his arm to sprawl across the back of the seat behind your head. He takes a long sip of his drink before his shoulders slump as he brings his attention back to you. “Try me.”
You start to swing your feet back and forth, the heels of your feet scraping against the ground while staring ahead of you at the young couples acting shy and coy as they walk in the distance. “It’s not like I don’t put myself out there; I do! I mean, I’m pretty sure I make it obvious when I like a guy.”
Lee Know nods and starts to chew on his straw, doing a little bit of people-watching himself. “Okay, what do you do?” In all his years of knowing you, he hasn’t experienced your game, your moves, your rizz.
“You know…” Your words trail off, struggling to find the words. “I do all the things!”
He looks at you with a cocked brow and an incredulous smile as he bites the straw between his teeth. “All the things. Uh huh.”
“I make eye contact–”
“Oh good, so you know how to be human.”
You ignore his witty remark. “I smile–”
“Yup, not a robot. You’re on the right track.”
You swat his arm, furrowing your brows together in frustration. “Lee Know, I am trying to talk here!”
Lee Know clenches his jaw in an attempt to hold back his laughter. He’s surmising you learned how to flirt from a 60 year old video entitled “Ways to Woo A Man”. He speaks through grit teeth, a way to prevent the laugh he’s holding back from escaping , “Sorry. You’re right, go ahead.” There’s a mischievous look in his eyes and a twitch in his lips.
“Thank you,” You say pointedly. “Anyway, Eye contact. Extra smiley. I’ll touch their arms and stuff a lot,” You demonstrate on him, placing a hand on his bicep and gently squeezing, maintaining eye contact all as you smile sweetly. Lee Know shrugs his arm away from you, feigning disgust at your actions.
You don’t take it to heart, he’s your best friend. You two have always been like this with each other: bantering and teasing. “Oh, and I laugh at all their jokes!”
“You are so predictable.” Next to you, Lee Know rolls his eyes and sips at the last bits of his drink until he hears the sound of the empty hollow cup.
“That’s the point! I don’t know how much more obvious I can be.”
“They just don’t have the balls to ask you out.”
“Oh, no they do. But I never make it past the third date.” You recall how the guy you had a crush on during your freshman year of college waited outside your class until you came out to ask you on a date; it was such a sweet gesture, complete with a box full of chocolate and flowers, but at some point during your third date, he had decided you two should remain friends.
“They’re probably looking for someone to put out.”
For a moment, your face goes blank as you mull the possibility over. “Well yeah, I could put out.”
He stands on his two feet and faces you, reaching a hand out to help you off the bench. As you take it, you look up to him only to find that he is scowling at you, brows furrowed in annoyance at the thought of you even considering changing who you are for another person.
With the look on his face, he doesn’t have to say anything for you to quickly shut it down with a laugh and a dramatic shake of your head; not that there was anything wrong with that but you were very much the relationship type, not the get in get out kind of individual. “Yeah, you’re right. I’d probably royally fuck that up anyway.” The thought of ‘keeping things casual’ was a funny one because you truly wouldn’t even know how to do that. You were the double – even triple- texter kind of person, not the play it cool and text them back in three days kind of girl.
Lee Know shakes his empty boba cup, the sound of the ice rattling inside. “Why do you care anyway?” He turns on his heel and starts to walk towards your apartment; he always walked you home after your small boba get-togethers. It was completely unnecessary, you were a grown woman who could take care of herself and it wasn’t like you lived in a shady area, he just felt better knowing you got home safely.
When Lee Know looks at you, you have a sad smile on your face as you attempt to explain how you’ve been feeling and how it’s affected your self-esteem.“Because… When it’s failed date after failed date, I can’t help but wonder if there’s something wrong with me.” You follow quickly behind him, simply observing the back of his head and the square of his shoulders.
Loudly in front of you, Lee Know laughs sardonically. “Please. Why would there be anything wrong with you?” The tone of his voice is tinged with annoyance.
You shrug your shoulders in a dejected manner, biting the inside of your cheek as you frown. “I haven't kissed in seven years. Do you know how long that is?”
“Seven years.” He answers matter-of-factly.
With two skips, you catch up to him easily and walk next to him, stride for stride. “That was my last relationship! I was in high school. It’s been that long.”
Lee Know knows that last relationship well. Truth be told, it was how he and you became such good friends. Your boyfriend at the time was his best friend, but it wasn’t until towards the end of the relationship that you had gotten close. Mostly because he didn’t like that his friend turned out to be a complete asshole; Lee Know wasn’t a fan of how he treated you. After the break up, Lee Know along with your other friends began picking up the pieces and made sure you were okay to stand on your own two feet again. By that time, Lee Know had decided that you weren’t so bad and stuck around.
Did he have feelings for you at one point?
For a short bit, but he outgrew them when he found your friendship more important to him than a silly fling that would only last the summer.
A huff of air leaves you as you cross your arms, “I don’t know; maybe I’m just not interesting.”
It grows silent between you two as you make your way back to your apartment building. The silence for you is almost suffocating; Lee Know's lack of reassurance was unnerving. As much as you’d like to believe that you were pretty confident in yourself, there were moments where that confidence wavered and in those times it was hard to come back from that.
“You are plenty interesting.” Lee Know puts in your apartment building’s front door code and after a buzz of the front door, he opens it for you.
You let out an annoyed grunt. It seemed like you were just listing all of the issues wrong with you and it definitely wasn’t helping your self esteem. “Then maybe I’m just ugly.”
Mino looks at you in disgust, brows furrowing deeply. “Don’t start.”
“Then what, Lee Know? What’s wrong with me?!” Your voice raises and it bounces off the walls in the narrow hallway, echoing in your ears.
Lee Know takes his keys out of his pocket, inserting the spare key that you gave him when you moved in and twists your front door unlocked. He holds the door open for you. You hesitate at the entryway before making your way inside, dragging your heels all the way in until you take your shoes off by the door. Lee Know closes the door beside him and shuffles his shoes off.
He typically doesn’t invite himself in, but you don’t question it; maybe he isn’t done with the conversation.
You make your way to the small kitchen and lean against the counters. “Sorry, but I’m just saying there has to be a reason why no guy has wanted to kiss me. There has to be something wrong with m–”
“Will you shut up already?!” Lee Know raises his voice only a couple of decibels, but it’s enough to warrant your shock. In the years that you’ve known him, you’ve never heard him raise his voice like that; maybe in merriment and excitement, but never in anger and frustration. “There is nothing wrong with you!”
You look at him, sort of recoiled into yourself, still a little taken aback from it all. You don’t answer him, instead you lean away from him, unsure of what to say.
Now it's your silence that is unnerving to him.
“And to prove it,” Your best friend takes a couple of steps closer to you, “I’ll do it.”
It happens quickly.
Lee Know's right hand cradles your cheek, his left hand on the counter by your side, trapping you in place, as he leans in to dip his head into yours at a slant. In your shock, your lips part slightly and he presses a chaste kiss on them. His lips, soft and pillowy, quickly pull away.
You stare at Lee Know in front of you, unmoving. He doesn’t wipe his mouth in fake disgust like you expect him to. And though there is no obvious embarrassment or shyness that shows on his face, the tips of his ears glow pink as he clears his throat, trying to diffuse the sudden tension that grows between you two.
“S-so.. what are we now?” Your eyes grow wide with curiosity accompanied by a grin on your lips.
Lee Know rolls his eyes with a small smile tugging at the corner of his lips. He places his palm on the top of your head, ruffling your hair and leaving it a mess as his laughter rumbles in his chest and bounces off your apartment walls.
He thought those little flips his stomach did whenever you gave him that 1000-watt smile were just were just whispers of attraction, something he could ignore and hide from.
He thought he was over that silly little crush.
Maybe not. ⠂⠄⠄⠂⠁⠁⠂⠄⠄⠂⠁⠁⠂⠄⠄⠂ ⠂⠄⠄⠂☆
an: hi. hope you enjoyed. :) just something light and silly to start it off.
#skz fanfic#skz fluff#lee know x reader#lee minho x reader#lee know fluff#lee minho fluff#lee know x you#lee minho x you
182 notes
·
View notes
Text
nagumo yoichi x gn!reader, sfw, not beta read
cw: slight suggestive content, explicit language
notes: wait if you catch several typos/grammar mistakes, that's not on me, that's on ellipsus for constantly glitching out today and preventing me from making edits. this is a drabble, too, and i don't proofread those oops. anyway, i thought it'd be funny if nagumo also got into a relationship the same way sakamoto and aoi got together. i also think it's hilarious that the npcs in this series don't give a fuck lol. nagumo also comes off as weird af at first LMAO wait this was kinda meant to satisfy my belief that nagumo has a sleeper build iykwim - wait i'm realizing there are several references + tidbits in this piece so it'd be funny if y'all catch anything hehe
"WELCOME!"
greeting customers is arguably the least rewarding thing about your job. most people who walk in ignore you, some even look annoyed, and you hate public speaking in the first place. you think you lose five minutes of your life every single time you raise your voice, and those five minutes have probably accumulated to years by now.
you sigh. it can't be helped. another part-timer recently quit, and you can't possibly let the manager of this convenience store, an elderly man in his 60s, take on additional night shifts when he's already handling the early mornings.
besides, there are some pros. since the store is located near a university and a residential area, there are familiar faces. there's a group of computer science students that often drop by, and they play the occasional harmless prank on you. there's also that mother-daughter pair that buys frozen taiyakis every saturday as a reward for the daughter for finishing her weekly violin lesson. and perhaps the most intriguing of them all is a man that pops by every three days around midnight.
he wears the same tan trench coat, along with a loose patterned button-up and black pants. before winter set in, he always went straight to the freezer to fish out a popsicle, bar already in his mouth as he walked over to pay, but in the past two weeks, he's been opting for a cup of hot coffee and small packets of candy instead.
it seems he's craving sour gummies today. with a swift swipe of your arm, you grab and scan the barcode on the back of the plastic bag, and type in the amount for his drink.
"your total's ¥600."
"no discounts for your most loyal customer?"
startled, you freeze, determined to avoid eye contact. you've had conversations with other customers before, but never with him. he's always left as quickly as he came, so you're caught off-guard by this unexpected interaction.
"u-uh, not this time, sorry. i can ask the manager if we have a loyalty program, if you want."
the man hums as he nods happily and hands you two ¥500 coins. his unbothered smile unnerves you a bit, so you count the difference and return the loose change in personal record time.
but he doesn't leave, and instead, asks, "any thoughts on getting hitched?"
your spit-take's almost comical, but the absurdity of the situation takes precedent. "w-what now?"
"one of my co-workers recently got married to a convenience store worker, so i'd thought i'd give it a try, too!"
you're practically shaking from how anxious and overwhelmed this person's making you feel. it doesn't help that he's clearly not disturbed at all, which almost makes you doubt your own ethics and gut instincts. but, the more you think about it, the more you're sure there's something wrong with this man and not you.
"i-i, uh, well, i'm not interested in-in getting married right now."
"oh, that's a shame! guess i'll try again tomorrow!”
–
you wake up with a jolt, almost knocking the crown of your head into nagumo's chin. though, of course, there's no actual need to worry about that.
"hm, what's wrong?"
with a workbook on bayesian statistics in one hand, a pen resting on his ear, and his other arm folded behind his head, he looks down at you curiously. despite having just woken up, your head's never been clearer, and you sit up between his legs before looking behind your shoulder and shooting a glare at him.
you ask, "can i punch your face?"
nagumo laughs, probably already imagining your futile attempts. "sure! but can i ask why?"
"i dreamt about our first conversation, and it reminded me that you're kinda fucked up."
your boyfriend chuckles more, amused by your moral qualms. "you could say that."
the thought that your relationship is weird has never left you. you're (still) a simple convenience store cashier, and nagumo gets filthy rich by murdering people. you were never that interested in the world around you, having been too busy paying back student loans and applying to other jobs throughout your early adolescent years to care about other things, so when he told you about the JAA and the establishment of the assassin industry as a whole, you were shocked. but that's always as far down into the rabbit hole as you let yourself go.
from this view, with nagumo spread out before you, he doesn't look dangerous at all. if anything, he resembles a nerdy graduate student, thanks to his obvious passions for mathematics and reading. moreover, his short-sleeved t-shirt exposes his tattoo-riddled arms, and the bottom of it has ridden up, giving you a pleasurable view of his hip bones and happy trail. in fact, when the two of you got into bed together for the first time (don't ask how he succeeded in seducing you), you were surprised by his physique. his outside clothes certainly don't do his abs or biceps justice.
anyway, the point is, he looks like your fantasy of a dreamy, hot, geeky boyfriend, not your local professional hitman-for-hire.
you sigh. you're not going to punch his stupidly attractive face. you lie back down onto his chest, burrowing your nose into the crook of his neck. you do let yourself get away with a pinch to his cheek.
then, you mutter, "don't hurt me."
"i won't," he chirps.
nagumo presses the knuckles of his free hand into the knots around your shoulder blades and flips his book back open.
he knows you mean more than in the literal sense.
#sakamoto days#sakadays#sakamoto days x reader#sakadays x reader#sakamoto days fluff#sakadays fluff#nagumo yoichi#yoichi nagumo#nagumo x reader#nagumo yoichi x reader#yoichi nagumo x reader#sakamoto days nagumo#sakadays nagumo#nagumo sakamoto days#nagumo sakadays#carrot cake!
245 notes
·
View notes
Text
so you happened to miss the live Q&A with Nace and Bojan on the Joker Out official discord server yesterday? worry not, i got you covered
Souvenir Pop Discord Listening Party - Q&A with Bojan and Nace ✨
questions are in bold and are all from discord
quotation marks are being used for all the the word-by-word answers by Bojan and Nace
dialogues between Bojan and Nace, reactions and some worth-mentioning moments are in italics
there were some questions about touring to specific places again or for the first time. answers to all of them were vaguelly positive, so i didn't include them here
the whole listening party lasted about an hour and a half so this is a long read
{steaming Muzika Za Decu and Šta Bih Ja and waiting for Bojan and Nace to join}
Q: How are you doing after the album release? [missed Bojan's answer] N: "Feeling as usual - super bad" *joking about it with Bojan*, had to get up early to take Pino to the vet
Q: Which artists were your musical influences for Lips? both: The Weeknd, Lana Del Rey and Nick Cave
Q: How did you do the screaming kids in Muzika Za Decu? N: initial recordings were done with kids of their friends. after bringing the tracks to their producer, he asked for more voices so they recorded more with some kids from a music school in Kranj (Nace's hometown). Nace was present in all those recordings
Q: Do you have any vacation plans? N: most of them are going to Thailand again B: Thailand is "too far away to call it a vacation" so he's probably going somewhere closer to Slovenia
Q: Why is Carpe Diem ever so slightly diffrent? B: they remastered the song because they realised the mastering they had done already was a bit bad - "that's why it sounded like it came out of a toaster compared to other eurovision songs"
Q: Any TV series recommendations? B: Atypical, Narcos, Peaky Blinders N: Game Of Thrones Nace asks Bojan if he's watching anything atm and he says only some history stuff. Nace and Kris are watching Naked and Afraid religiously, and according to Bojan, "in the van, outside the van, in hotel rooms, everywhere"
Q: How do you choose what the next song will be about? Are there any criteria? B: "The songs just happen as they do, a storyline usually comes with the vocal melody [...] The story is never a fake thing, it's always something real so there is really no choosing more in a sense of like "we have a couple of songs and we choose which one we're gonna have" but it's not connected to what the song is about. More like "what the song sounds like and what kind of a vibe we wanna put out""
Q: What is your go to effect for your instrument/for some songs? N: only uses drive and tape echo
Q: Which song did change the most during the recording process? B: Lips *Nace agrees* - it started as a whole different song called J’taime and was supposed to be an english/french or slovene/french duet and also very rock n roll
Q: Are there any more tour dates coming? B: yes but they have nothing planned yet so it will take some time
Q: If you had to live somewhere for 6 months where would it be? both: London B: "If I had to go live somewhere for longer, I would go to Palermo"
Q: Why are your songs so good!? How do you never make bad music? B: "We do, you just don't get to hear it"
Q: Who is writing the weekly updates? N: all of them *Bojan gets confused for a moment and doesn't realise they're talking about the openstage weekly updates*
Q: Thought process during the making of the album? B: "It’s a clusterfuck" *banter about how they love and hate what they do while making an album*
{break to listen to Carpe Diem and Stephanie. Pino starts barking at the first few moments of Carpe Diem and then Nace and Bojan realise they need to close their mic for that section lol}
Q: (question for Nace) What strings/bass equipment are you using and if you have any small tips for bass beginners? N: tip - "the equipment doesn't matter, what matters is what you do with the bass. start with lighter strings and try to learn as many songs as you can" // he's using D’Addario and La Bella flat strings
Q: Which song took the longest to finish? both: Šta Bih Ja (they crashed the studio pc because of the number of takes they had to do)
Q: What was your music inspiration for Mesto Duhov? both: there wasn't some specific inspiration music-wise
Q: Which song did y'all think think would be the fan favourite?? N: Bluza [missed Bojan's answer here because my laptop ran out of battery lol]
Q: Nace, what is your screentime on your phone because you‘re online like every time N: 9h 23min today “because it was release day”, usually is around 3-4 hours (Bojan's is 3h)
*Bojan proceeds to yap about how he's learning spanish on duolingo*
Q: Ever thought of selling posters ? It's a lil less expensive way to support you and also propaganda both: no because it's difficult to ship and they get ruined in the process. they may think about posters as merch for concerts only
Q: Who played the piano in Sonce? B: it's written and played by Jan N: "One of Slovenia's best piano players, renowned..."
Q: What happend with Schlager? B: "Nothing happened to it, it's doing quite well, we had a chat yesterday and everything is going fine in Schlagerland, but it couldn't make it to the album. Didn't feel like it. Maybe next time"
Q: When you first made music did you expect it to reach people so powerfully that it created year lasting friendships and have people travel so far to see you live? B: no because they were used to the way things work in Slovenia (smaller distances and sometimes people don't even travel from one city to another even if they're around 20 minutes away from each other) so this was very new to them but they're happy to see it
Q: How is the new album going to affect the setlist? Will you still perform older songs? B: the whole third album will be performed on the upcoming tour and there will be some variations on the setlists regarding the songs from the previous 2 albums
Q: Is there any possibility to hear you singing in italian on next albums? B: there was an idea for this album but didn't work out
Q: Do you have plans for a spanish song? B: "There was an idea called "si me das in beso más" but didn't go through [...] because it was getting into a reggaeton-ish direction"
Q: Will there be a french song in the future? B: J’taime was supposed to be one but didn't happen
Q: What about Souvenir Pop fridge magnets? B: they're considering it (Nace adds that he'd love to have one)
Q: Best slovenian cuisine and best places to visit in Slovenia N: food - prekmurska gibanica // places - Bovec and Bohinj B: food - kranjska klobasa and žlikrofi (to represent Jure) // places - Bohinj, Postojna cave, Logarska Dolina
Q: Nace, which cruise ships did you play on? We would love to have Joker Out cruise gig in Finland! N: the cruise ship he worked on was AIDAbella (belongs to german cruise line AIDA Cruises), he was there for 6 months and the cruise was in the Baltics B: would love to do the cruise from Finland to Estonia "where everybody supposedly gets extremely smashed"
Q: Was the writing process of Stephanie different, because you have Žare as composer but not Jure? B: the percussions were computer-based drum loops so maybe that's why
Q: Where do you get your inspiration from? Or do you just wake up with it one morning? B: "(inspiration) is memories becoming visible in your own head" - they all have memories and impressions in their lives that just get triggered when writing a song
Q: How did you get the idea of making Lips? It has such a different vibe of all the songs you have B: Žare showed them the heartbeat that can be heard in the song, Bojan came up with the "put your lips on mine" line and proceeded to finish the lyrics on their way back home from Bucharest after Summer Well fest. it was basically Nace who turned the idea of Lips into a song music-wise
Q: Why did you decide to release stephanie so close before the album release? Was it the plan all along? B: apparently he didn't know the song was getting released, he just saw it on their instagram stories and rolled with it lol
Q: Does lyrics just pop into your head and then you decide the story or do you decide on a common theme/story the song is gonna have and then make the lyrics about that? B: usually there's an insistent thought in his head and he works around it
Q: What do you think of Baldies Out? Which song do you want us to cover next? context: Baldies Out is a group on instagram which posts - you guessed it - bald edits of Joker Out. occasionally there are covers of Joker Out songs, adapted with lyrics that fit the bald theme of the account B: they could cover Lips and turn the lyrics into "put your hair on mine" or Ako Toga Više Neće Biti "so it's a man who's going bald singing to his hair - it's a song between a guy and his hair" Bojan is frustrated because he looks very bad bald meanwhile Nace finds himself cool in his bald edition, Bojan too believes bald Nace looks cool, Nace jokes about shaving off all his hair and Bojan says he'd like to see that and proceeds to complement his beard and tell him he'd look "badass as hell"
Q: What's something you want to experience in life but haven't yet? N: see mount Everest/visit Nepal B: have a farm *banter with Nace: he'd like to have goats, chickens, a horse, rabbits, dogs, cats and a bull*
Q: Why did you choose the openers for the tour that you chose (I love them) B: the answer was in the question; they love them too
Q: Also Romania misses you guys, please come back next year B: they all loved Romania and Summer Well, he then mentions how he's not a fan of festivals as an attendand and has been to one for a couple of days only once when he was 18
Q: Are the cities at the end of the Bluza MV a teasing of a European tour? B: no, they were just cities on the old radio they used for the mv
{break to listen to Ako Toga Više Neće Biti and Bluza}
Q: Ruisrock next year?! B: they loved Ruisrock this year and would love to be back
Q: What are your favourite books, if you have any? B: The Kite Runner by Khaled Hosseini N: he's currently reading The Creative Act by Rick Rubin
Q: What's your favourite Big Foot Mama songs? both: Buldožer, Led s severa, Neki sladkega
Q: Have you heard of the genre "midwest emo"? both: no (and they had to google it)
Q: What was the most cathartic song to write and why? B: Everybody's Waiting, Lips and Ako Toga Više Neće Biti
Q: What’s your fav Schlager (as in the German music)? N: mentions Semino Rossi and Ibo and the songs Ibiza (by Ibo) and Rot sind die Rosen (by Semino Rossi)
Q: Are there more songs like Muzika Za Decu & Mesto Duhov (more loud and rock) songs in the vault??? B: no, just these two
Q: Souvenir pop Vinyl/CD when? N: CDs will be available at the gigs but they're not sure when they'll be available online. vinyls will come around January/February
Q: What is your favourite memory from making the album? N: the recording of Ako Toga Više Neće Biti *Bojan agrees*
Q: Fav Finnish artists/bands you know? (Käärijä doesn't count) B: Sonny, Ville Valo *Nace agrees*, Sunrise Avenue and he loves the Blind Channel cover of Left Outside Alone (Nace says this is Bojan's guilty pleasure song) N: Pikku G
Q: When new merch? B: it's coming with the tour
Q: Would you like to receive Get Watermarked stickers next tour? context: it's a photo of Mark in a pool(or a hot tub i'm not sure) and someone edited the phrase "Get Watermarked" on it and turned it into a sticker for the sys tour both: they'd absolutely want one
Q: Do you often get stopped by fans on the street or any public places? Is there anything that irritates you? B: gets followed around often but people are not very invasive N: doesn't get stalked as much as Bojan and doesn't mind when fans stop him on the street
Q: Are you familiar with Käärijä's EuroPass on Kollekt and would you consider doing something similar in the future? B: they don't know what that is and "if it's good then we should consider it but if it's not good then we're not considering it"
Q: Tying onto the q before, restaurant reccomendations and favourite sight? Bojan's fave restaurant is Aftr and Nace's is Sushimama, they both agree that their fave sight is the Ljubljana castle
Q: I noticed you guys follow some of my fav musicians on instagram so i was wondering Nace what’s your favorite Declan McKenna song and Bojan what’s your favorite Greta van Fleet song N: Nothing Works B: doesn't have a fave GVF song, just likes the band
Q: What are the possibilities for JO (whether concert and/or meet and greet) in the US and/or the UK? both: they were supposed to play in NYC in May but it was a very last-minute thing and didn't manage to get working visas in time. they'll have a gig or more in the UK next year
Q: When you were at the Sziget festival, have you tasted hungarian foods? if yes, what was it? / when will be new products in the shop? B: has been in Hungary twice (once this year for Sziget and once as a child) but hasn't tried anything hungarian - ✨I love food no matter where it comes from. Hopefully the kitchen✨ N: new products will be online hopefully by the end of 2024 but they're not sure yet
Q: Is the concert in Novi Sad definitely happening? Due to the tragedy a lot of events have been canceled out of respect for the victims so there's been some rumors about it possibly getting canceled B: the concert will go on and the profits will go to the families of those who have lost someone and those in need
Q: Are you gonna come back to places you've already performed at during the EU tour, or maybe try to get to new cities? B: "A little bit of both"
Q: What's your fav spanish dish? both: paella
Q: How is the trumpet playing going? Will we see it on stage? B: trumpet playing is going great, will happen on stage at some point too
Q: Is there any connection between Mesto Duhov and the lyrics : "mesto polno je duhov" ? "mesto polno je duhov" is a lyric from Padam B: "There is no connection except for the connection that both of them were written by me and it looks like I have horrible imagination"
Q: Did any of you play any unexpected instruments for any songs? For instance we already know Nace has a guitar track and a drum track on the album but are there any other surprising credits? - Jan played lots of synths and bass on the chorus of Stephanie - Nace played synths and programmed the drums for Stephanie and Lips - Bojan played the drums for Ako Toga Više Neće Biti, bass on the verses of Stephanie and also did synths for Stephanie - Jure played piano for Bluza (???) all credits are written down on the album
Q: Any chance of coming back to Scotland next year? *they both chant "no Scotland no party"*
Q: Do you like BOOOM? both: yes N: he used to be their producer and worked with them on their first songs
Q: Can you give advice for young musicians like you? B: "Surround yourself with people you love and people who inspire you. Trust yourself. Always be critical to yourself but not to a point where you become self harmful"
Q: What do you value the most in life? B: health N: health and relationships
Q: What book could you recommend? Or if you can't choose one, what book are you reading now? B: The Kite Runner and The Alchemist (he then jokes about how Nace should recommend some Disney cartoon)
Q: Who had the idea using the piano for Sonce and who played the part? (I assume Jan but still) And can you upload the damn music sheet for it? I need to play this B: the idea about the piano was collective and if anyone wants the sheet music for the song, they should ask Jan for it
Q: If you had the chance to record and release a cover of a song of any of your favourite artists, which song would it be? *Bojan jokes about it being Gangnam Style* N: something by The Beatles, maybe Let It Be B: Silencio or Bulería by David Bisbal *starts singing Bulería*
Q: Nace, what is the best bassist joke you have ever heard? N: most of them are in slovene and he doesn’t say any B: "I think being the bassist is the biggest joke"
Q: How do you approach writing lyrics? Do you prioritize storytelling, imagery, or rhythm? B: prefers and prioritizes storytelling
Q: Which song do you personally find the most emotional and why? B: "Everybody's Waiting because it's like a very personal struggle song, Ako Toga Više Neće Biti because it's… a very personal struggle song" N: "Whenever I’m hearing Sonce I just get in this special state like I'm getting drown in a song and stop thinking about everything else"
Q: Assuming you’ll come back to The Netherlands in the future, is there another city you’d like to visit or a venue/festival you’d like to play? both: they'd like to play Pinkpop fest
Q: Would you ever like to hold a concert in Ukraine?? B: they'd love that and hopefully as soon as possible
Q: Will there be music videos for the new songs on the album? B: yes N: they're recording a new video soon apparently Bojan wasn't aware of that either lol
Q: Any Italian French or Spanish music that inspired you to try writing in those languages? Also Bojan you can pick two+ languages on duolingo and do them at the same time N: they we listening a lot to an italian song called Il mio canto libero, he loves Nek and he listens to a lot of french electronic B: he's listening to italian, french and spanish music a lot, he loves a song called Buona sera signorina (note: had to google this and maybe the title is actually Buona sera ciao ciao) both: they all like L'Impératrice and Bojan butchers the pronunciation of the band name
*at this moment Bojan finds out you can learn two and more languages on duolingo at the same time and proceeds to add italian to his account*
Q: 1 - What were some of the inspirations for Muzika Za Decu? 2 - Bojan can you tell us a dad joke? 3 - I just wanted to say that Lips should be a soundtrack of a movie B: party breakers *doesn't answer the second question because he's too busy doing italian on duolingo* both: they agree that Lips should be in a movie soundtrack
Q: Do you know when will you release the dates and the cities for the tour? I assume there will be a european tour for the new album N: there will be a european tour at some point next year and they will announce it "once Bojan stops learning italian" (Nace basically makes fun of Bojan doing his duolingo right at that moment)
{break to listen to Lips, Mesto Duhov and Sonce}
Q: Bojan would you try to sing Carpe Diem in estonian ever again? B: yes
Q: Can we expect a new concert intro for the tour for one of the new songs like the intro for Katrina and Gola? N: yes
Q: Is Bojan learning finnish in Duolingo? B: no, only spanish and italian
Q: Will there be a chance of a collab between Joker Out and Käärijä? B: hopefully one day
Q: Do any of you play chess? B: he and Kris play chess online, Kris less often than Bojan
Q: Will you pop a souvenir in Istanbul soon? N: they want to but have to find a date to reschedule the cancelled gig from this summer
Q: Have you visited any tourist attractions while in Bucharest? N: no and only he and Kris walked around the city centre for a bit while being there
Q: Nace, why did you bring four basses to the recording studio in Hamburg and did you record on all of them? N: one of those basses wasn't his and "when you're in the studio you just wanna have more basses"
Q: Is Pino the best boy in whole world? N: yes ❤️❤️❤️
Q: How do you guys decide to who to follow on insta? (for example fan pages,artists) N: they just follow the pages they like
Q: Apart from Nace and gluten, are there any things you all don't like or can't eat? B: he doesn't like tomatoes and is intolerant to avocado
Q: Do y’all notice Joker Out edits on TikTok? Do (did) you like them? N: he and Bojan don't have tiktok. Jure, however, is addicted to it
Q: Did you know that all of you are saving and changing peoples lives? B: "When we started doing music none of us could ever believe, or think even, that it could mean so much to someone as it does to a lot of you. Even though we went through so many different stages in a very short period of time, because our life changed so dramaticaly, I will say that the fact that you actually feel the music and it helps you in certain situations and hard times... I just want you guys to know that literally it means the same to us. The whole sharing of this energy is very real and we are trying to do our best to kind of make you know that we're here. And sometimes it's also hard for us because we're trying to tolerate our personal life and everything else with the music and with communicating with fans, but we appreciate it so dearly and we're happy that it's changing your lives and, just so you know, you're also changing our lives everyday. We're very, very honoured to have you on board with us and so thankful for all your help and all your enthusiasm, for all the love. You're incredible artists as well, we see the arts that you create daily - a lot of it is inspired by us which is also crazy and incredible so... Just a big thank you! And thank you to the Joker Out discord server, you're doing an incredible job, it's become so much bigger than what we ever expected. (thank you) to Joker Out Subs, all the groups that have been formed, as well as Baldies Out. I think it's a very big contribution to the bald Joker Out generation 💀😂. Just thank you so much!"
*Bojan presses something, gets lost in the server and both he and Nace are trying to figure out how to get back to the channel with all the questions (they succeed), they announce that an art contest will start (more info about that can be found on the latest-news channel of the official server) and Nace informs everyone he has to take Pino for a walk before saying bye to the chat*
end
#note: wrote “je t’aime” as “j’taime” only because this is how they had written it themselves#any Pino mention was important and mandatory to include here. i don't make the rules#this took me ages to finish so i need to d word for a moment brb#enjoy ✌🏻#joker out#bojan cvjetićanin#nace jordan
223 notes
·
View notes
Text
꣑ৎ ──── SURPRISE, SURPRISE ♱. DA with you, i just can't get enough 𓈒𓈒



───﹙☕️﹚𝓢. 。。 you were a simple girl, who was utterly infatuated with your own girlfriend and was inevitably weak for her, so what could you do but yearn for her touch while she's away? or daniela's surprise visit.
𝓹airing. daniela avanzini x f!r 𝓰enre. fluff wc. 1.9k+ notes. req here !! (MASTERLIST)
now playing ⋆ by my side by junny
WEEKS WOULD PASS BY QUICKLY, yet despite that, you were still attached to your girlfriend, counting and crossing off the days till she would visit again sure, the distance was painstakingly testing your limits bit by bit, but you two were able to keep the flame alive. though it seemed like no matter how much you tried to distract yourself, there was always a daniela-avanzini-shaped hole in your heart, waiting patiently to be filled.
and likewise on daniela's end, it was the same; every few days, she'd call you, before realizing it was past midnight for you, and immediately hanging up. phone calls were weekly, and you always found yourself lost in the latina's voice, too entranced by it. tonight, of course, was no exception.
"how are you holdin' up?" as you murmur softly against your phone, your eyes were irritated from the bright screen. you sigh out heavenly under your breath, heat curling at your cheeks, as your eyes turn to trace out daniela's features. the latina sighs on the the other end, the weariness evident in her voice.
"california's nice, warm," she mutters against her phone, an exaggerated groan falling shortly from her lips. with a sullen shrug of her shoulders, daniela continues, "you should come up for spring break, y'know." you hum in response, your eyes skimming over your tv playing while its volume hums in your ears. it wasn't like you were really watching or listening to it; it was just white noise and fuzz in the background.
you shake your head, a chuckle escaping your breath, "i know, dani. you always tell me this—any time there's an upcoming school break, you practically beg me to come." your smile only deepens, as she lets out an amused snort, shaking her head in a frenzy to retaliate.
"i do not beg! i just wanna see my girl—you can't possibly attack me for that, could you?" and you're barely able to suppress your amusement, as you inevitably giggle, rolling your eyes.
you grin, shrugging, "whatever you say, dani." your soft laughter makes daniela's heart swell, drawing her from her thoughts. and for a second, her heart aches; exhaustion combined with missing you gnawing at her heart bit by bit, and it was like you were both the first and last thing in her mind.
despite being across the country from one-another, you could just imagine that smile in the corner of her lips, the same one that adorns her face whenever you tease her. "you know, every time i go shopping with the girls, there's always something that reminds me of you," she huffs, pausing, "i literally have a corner near my bed just for your gifts, like i'm just stuck with boxes full of things that you would like."
in response, you softly shake your head, her words eliciting a series of laughs from you, "i'm sure i'll see you soon enough," and really, your words shouldn't make a slight frown jut your lips, but they still do nonetheless. she nods understandingly, and you two fall into silence, faint hums falling from your lips. and before you knew it, daniela was back talking—talking till she ran out of material. everything was so entirely her, and it felt almost like you two were highschoolers again, trying to skip classes with one-another.
everything was easy for you two; it was like pulling teeth just trying to pry you two off each-other—like two peas in a pod, or birds of a feather. everywhere she went, you went, and vice-versa—just two lost puppies following one-another.
and it feels good to be known well—to have a safety net behind you, at any given moment. things had been tense since daniela moved across the entire country, and you moved further north; every now and then, that drifts across your mind, the impulsive move to drop everything at university to just see daniela becoming more tempting day by day. though, you knew the latina well—well enough to know how she'd persistently scold you if you moved forward with that idea.
"you missed me a lot, don't you?" she's wearing an easy, half-lidded grin, and you couldn't even muster up the balls to protest against her words, immediately nodding your head. your head falls forward against your pillows, your heart twisting at the thought of not seeing your girlfriend for another few months.
her eyes lazily follow your movements, a grin like the cheshire cat sporting her face, as you breathlessly mutter against your pillow, "shut up, dork. you're even lucky 'm entertaining you like this." daniela snorts in response, knowing you were just exaggerating. her eyes glitter, as she watches you grumble irritatedly under your breath, rolling your eyes.
"it's getting late f'you, dani," your eyes crinkle at the corners by your wide smile from watching your girlfriend shake her head in a frenzy, obviously disagreeing with your words. you watch the latina whine, her resilience to stay awake on call with you still as prominent. her face scrunches, repeatedly rasping out, "not yet! i wanna see you till my phone's probably gonna be off the entire day tomorrow."
"just one more hour. don't make my beg here—that's just cruel, don't you think?" and if you knew better, you would've protested, and daniela was so sure you wouldn't say no, not with the way a soft smile curbs your lips that betrayed your previous words.
so what if you were a little too easy to persuade when it came to doing anything your girlfriend wanted to?
and as the clock struck 3 in the morning for you, and 12 in the morning for daniela, your eyes quickly close shut. you gruff out against your phone before completely falling asleep, "g'night." the latina lets out a giggle at how quickly you knock out, as she props her phone on her nightstand, making sure you were completely asleep.
"you woke me up!" yoonchae exclaims, walking into daniela's and manon's room with pajamas on. her eyes shift to the ginormous luggage in the middle of their room, raising her brows, as her eyes practically bulge out. "you're only gone for like, a few weeks? you don't need all of this." she gestures to the luggage, as daniela huffs in response, rolling her eyes.
"i do need all of this!" the latina sputters out, crossing her arms against her chest, as she tilts her head. the korean girl further taunts daniela, giggles falling shortly from her lips, "most of the things are for your girlfriend, am i right, or am i right?"
daniela scoffs playfully, but it wasn't like yoonchae was wrong; most of the things she's packed were for you. "i just wanna pack before mornin' comes; i need to say bye to the girls and buy flowers."
"for your girlfriend?" the younger girl teases, as the latina gives her a side-eye, huffing under her breath.
[ dani my girlfie ] whats ur address again? ( 10:47 am ) [ dani my girlfie ] wna send u flowers rq ( 10:48 am ) [ dani my girlfie ] for our 1 year anniversary. ( 10:48 am )
[ yn ] dont make me wna fly to la impulsively nd kiss u.😢😢 ( 10:49 am ) [ yn ] get ur fine ass to new york pls. 💔💔 ( 10:49 am ) [ yn ] ok anyw my @ is [blahblahblah]. ( 10:49 am )
[ dani my girlfie ] anything for my girl ;) ( 11:12 am ) [ dani my girlfie ] ill ttyl i have practice tdy. ( 11:12 am )
[ yn ] okok ttyl work dork !!! ( 11:13 am )
[ dani my girlfie ] work dork lover. ( 11:14 am )
whenever there's a knock at your dorm, you ultimately suspect it to be one of your friends needing you for something stupid—because it almost always is. there's no reason to make you think otherwise.
it's either your dormmate, sunghoon, who usually forgets his keycard for the dorm, or one of your friends, chaewon, asking for the answers to a reading from your guys' shared eng 1a course, or both of them insisting on taking you out to some party, because you 'need to take your mind off of stuff.'
so of course, it's more than jarring that you don't hear any of their voices when you holler from your bed, "who's there!" and instead of one of their voices, you hear, "flower delivery for yn!"
clicking the door open, you freeze in your movements when you see a neatly-dressed daniela standing by your door's threshold, a suitcase behind her, and a bouquet of flowers curled up in her hands. a grin that stretches for miles adorns her face, and she chuckles.
"are you gonna let me in, or are you just gonna stand there?" the latina jokes, and her arms open instinctively to pull you in for a hug.
it'd been two long, grueling months—72 days to be exact, not like you were counting though—since you saw her, and oh have you missed your girl. you throw your arms around daniela, your head buried against the nook of her neck, as you mumble incoherent words under your breath. the curly-headed girl stumbles for a second, maneuvering the bouquet of flowers to her other hand, as her hand finds its way to your locks.
"surprise?" daniela whispers in your ear, her hands cupping your jaw, and with a gentle smile tugging her lips, she pulls you to eye level. you roll your eyes, pulling away for a fleeting moment to hoist up her luggage, bringing it inside your dorm.
"definitely a surprise," a hint of a teasing smile plays on your face, as the latina follows suit, her eyebrows furrowing. settling down the girl's bags, you manage to muster out, "how did you even pull all of this off?" your soft voice echoes, as you leave it all on your carpeted floor, spinning back around to face her, and letting your eyes fall on her lips momentarily. her hand brushes up against yours, gently tracing over your knuckles.
you manage to move first despite your dazed expression, leading the two of you to your crammed couch, her cheek resting on your shoulder. and the world practically stops for the two of you, because all she could fixate on was the feeling of your heartbeat from your sternum, and the way a heavenly sigh escapes from your lips.
her gaze softens, a playful glint in her eyes, as she speaks, "well, i missed seein' you, so i booked the earliest flight." daniela shrugs, cradling you into her embrace, with her thumb tracing your lower lip. you scoot closer, letting out an amused snort, "if it was that easy, i would've booked a flight to la months ago."
her hands rest on your hips, your heart skipping a beat at her tender touch, as you lean closer, softly pressing your plush lips against hers. your hands dance over her jaw, gently hooking it around her shoulder, as her mouth moves against yours in precise movements. you feel a warmth spread around your face at her sudden bluntness, a series of giggles escaping your lips.
"you missed me, right? daniela asks, and her hand threads itself with yours, your body shivering at the trifling lace of her hands on yours. her lips find their way trailing down your jaw to your throat, sighs drifting from her lips, as desire floods through your veins. she muses, "big baby."
scoffing, you raise your brows, "you're the one who booked a flight across the entire country for a girl—i think that's clingy." an ear-to-ear grin flashes on her face, as she shoots you a knowing look, continuing her ministrations against your skin. unexpectedly though, she pulls away.
"i'm not clingy," daniela mutters grumpily under her breath, nudging your shoulder, before pressing herself closer to you, your warmth emanating onto hers.
그래 나도 너와 같아
이 무심한 한 마디면
current 𝓽aglist : (open.)
@lararajjj @kisshae @sed7ction @yeetaberry127 @vrtualstar @jellaaa @jaythegirlkisser @falling-intoo-deep @c-yerim @ssamlovr @gtfoiydlyj @rinapomu @meganskiendielsbtc
#fics .#kpop imagines#kpop x reader#katseye x reader#katseye imagines#katseye daniela#katseye daniela avanzini#katseye daniela avanzini x reader#katseye daniela x reader#daniela avanzini
382 notes
·
View notes
Text
circuit breaker 🔬🌌 (part one)
tutor!jayce talis x reader, modern college au


content: reader is forced to take gen ed classes in order to graduate college. this unfortunately includes physics for which you desperately need a tutor for...jayce talis happens to need community service and is available to help. (references to adhd/neurodivergence in this chapter, that’s all)
notes: hiii. as i am on my indefinite break from golden boy, i wanted to start something else bc the yearn for jayce content can only be filled as long as i work to preserve him myself... so here’s my first official series!! double note, while this is modern, i still want to keep hints and references to the show/characters so they’re believable! so if you see viktor talking in a way that seems unnatural with dialogue, its just my smarty pants bf being his smart self with vast vocabulary. 🤍
word count: 1.5k
series masterlist here
。·:*:·゚★,。·:*:·゚☆ 。·:*:·゚★,。·:*:·゚☆
The absolute worst part of college is being forced to take the general education classes simply to graduate. You were an arts major, there was no reason for you to be cramming your brain with math equations so many years after high school—and yet here you were. Unfortunately, you waited until later in your university career to take on the required course load, and now you were stuck in one of the only classes with availability that worked with your schedule—physics. The thought of the class alone made your head hurt. The only upside was having it with a friend, albeit much more skilled at the subject, Viktor was always welcome company.
“I hate these weekly quizzes, I genuinely cannot afford to fail another one.”
Viktor chuckled, “The subject matter isn’t that difficult…”
“We can’t all be geniuses, Viktor.”
“Yes, some of us are more skilled than others, I’d say.” He moved to gather his books, the class having ended.
You mirrored his action, packing your bag as you spoke to him. “Natural skill or not, this shit is actually dumb…makes me feel dumb.”
“You are not dumb,” he reassured you, “It can be a lot to comprehend.”
You shuffled through the aisle, following behind Viktor as he moved toward the exit. “It’s these gen ed classes…why do I need to understand physics for liberal arts. Granted, I know the school is more tech based…but I changed my major! I should be free of the shackles of math by now.” You wiped a hand over your face, clearly exasperated.
You matched Viktor’s steps, picking up a bit to open the door for him. The slight breeze of the outside air brushed over you—cooling the heat that you didn’t realize was there. A breath left you, exhaling the bubbling rage in you.
Viktor reached a hand toward your shoulder, grasping it with a firm encouragement. “You will conquer physics. Natural skill…or not.” He smiled again, a teasing tone on his voice.
“Viktor!” You swatted his hand away, “I hate you! Could you at least offer a solution? These quizzes are literally every week. What’s the point of checking my comprehension if I know I’m gonna fail-“
“Listen, you will not fail. In fact,” he paused, “I have a solution for this little conflict.”
“The solution being?”
He stopped walking, an obvious look on his face, “Get a tutor.”
A scoff, “Yeah right. I’m not in middle school. I don’t need a tutor, Viktor.” You started walking again, “Besides, why can’t you just help me—you’re all the tutor I need!”
“I have quite a bit on my plate this term already. I have two labs, recitations, and work-“
“Which is just code for find time to see Sky, got it.”
He didn’t reply to that, not directly. But the way he blushed and looked away was indication enough. Viktor explained before that he and Sky have known each other practically their whole lives. They always saw each other around; the fact that they ended up at the same school was purely by fate, or chance, Viktor would say. That was, despite the relatively high probability with there being so few state schools.
He changed the subject, leading you across the street. “I know someone who would be willing to help. He mentioned needing community service.”
“Fine, I guess…”
“Good, because we’re here.”
You looked up, the student resource center labeled clearly in front of you. The prospect of walking in was already daunting. You loved independence and it often came at the expense of feeling incompetent when you had to ask for help. You confided in Viktor about that before. He figured the best way was to just show up, not giving you the opportunity to get yourself worked up and find an excuse to not go.
He opened the door, tilting his head towards the inside. “You got this.”
You shook your head, the idea making you nauseous. He returned the motion, this time shaking his head. You can do this.
It took a second, but you finally walked in, Viktor slightly on your trail. “He should be here, he told me he would be.” He continued as you nodded silently, “Oh, there he is.”
His back was to you, speaking to a woman he seemed to be friendly with. His shoulders were wide, making her barely visible to you from this angle—but she was undoubtedly stunning. You couldn’t help but acknowledge the way they so enthusiastically spoke. You didn’t want to interrupt, that would be embarrassing, torturous, even. Instead, you turned to the desk, eyeing the receptionist. She seemed to be close to your age…which somehow made you even more nervous—gosh.
“Hi…” You cleared your throat, “Hi, I wanted to ask about tutoring? Like for physics?”
Viktor nodded behind you, proud of the seemingly small gesture. He knew this was actually an immense step for you.
The receptionist greeted you back, “We do have physics tutoring available! There are a few student volunteers, but we usually assign according to those with a more free schedule…” She looked to her left, pointing to the QR code that faced toward you. “You can register here, it’s fairly quick and someone…” she locked onto the man across from her, still mid conversation. “Someone should be able to help you get started today actually…Jayce!”
You turned to see the man pause his conversation, a brow raising at his name being called. Recognition flashed in your direction as well, “Oh hey, Viktor.”
“Hello, Jayce.”
The man walked up to the counter, a more annoyed tone and body language accompanied him, then. It wasn’t genuine, but rather one out of familiarity, like he and the receptionist had known each other a while. It was quite jovial, actually. “What do you want, Cait?”
She rolled her eyes at that, “Someone needs a tutor,” she smiled at you before looking to him with a grimace, “You’re a tutor, correct?”
He shrugged, “I need community service.”
“Great, so you two are a match, then.”
Your phone suddenly became rather interesting—the simple intake form immediately became numerous pages long and excessively tedious. You felt his eyes on you, though, and saw a hand out towards you in your peripheral. “Nice to meet you…Jayce.”
You looked up finally, reaching to shake his outstretched hand. The only thing that came to you was your name—first and last, simple.
He half smiled, echoing your reply, “Jayce Talis. I like the formality.” He chuckled, dropping your hand.
You looked back silently at Viktor, a sort of terror on your face. He spoke then, “I should be going. Shouldn’t these two have their introductory meeting now?” He observed your twisted facial expression, looking towards the desk for a reply.
She nodded, “Great idea! It’s a short one, just getting to know one another and scheduling for later. You can use that room right there,” she looked at the computer in front of her for confirmation, “It should be empty for a few more minutes!” She motioned her hands for you two to hurry along. The man, Jayce…Jayce Talis…walked over and spoke to the woman he’d been talking to before. You couldn’t hear them, but observed the way he rubbed her arm before reaching for a hug. You tried not to stare, but you weren’t entirely familiar with the resource center and he was supposed to be leading you, you thought.
You trailed behind Jayce, turning back to see Viktor. He stood with a hand on his cane, the other with a thumbs up to you. You nodded, rubbing your hands awkwardly at your sides. You watched as Jayce opened the door, stepping back to let you in first. That was nice. You held a tight smile, a pleasantry you’d grown accustomed to displaying in uncomfortable situations such as this one.
Both of you sat down, a brief silence filling the room. Jayce spoke first, “So what brings you to tutoring?”
You swallowed, “I am not great at physics…I’m pretty bad at it actually…and Viktor said you could help.”
He nodded, “You two are friends?”
“Yeah, we met a while back. How do you know each other?”
“Lab partners, same major, rest is history.”
“Right…” A huff from you and the shuffle of Jayce reaching in his pocket were the only sounds in the room.
“So,” he scrolled on his phone, “You noted you have a hard time focusing. Is it just this class?”
“Not just physics, no. I have a hard time paying attention in general. Bad memory, disorganized brain, the works. Makes retaining the information really hard as you can imagine.”
“I get that, but we can work on that…find things that help you remember a bit better…make it more interesting.”
You could only blink as a response. This was the first time you could recall, besides with close friends, that someone didn’t make you feel extremely weird for not being able to stay focused. You often skipped from one topic to the next, forgetting your starting point. Conversations would float away from you, or you’d get too emotionally invested. People would call you loud, random, even. You appreciated that Jayce replied simply, concisely, offering a solution. Sure, it was his job…kind of…but it felt pretty good.
“Thank you.”
“Sure.”
He went over a few more questions with you—referring to the intake form you’d filled out on your phone. In no time, you had set a meeting time for the following day.
Both of you stood, collecting your bags.
“See you tomorrow?”
“Tomorrow.”
part two
#jaggedamethyst#circuit breaker#angst#jayce talis#arcane jayce#jayce talis x reader#jayce talis x you#arcane#arcane x reader#jayce x reader#jayce league of legends#jayce talis arcane#jayce arcane#jayce x you
160 notes
·
View notes
Text
love letters and second sons | part 3.
Summary: The princess is finally ready to debut in society. But before she does, she decides to disguise herself and see the true faces of the ton.
Warnings for the Series: light sexism in line with the times, light classism in line with the times, mental health stigma, shitty doctor care, smut, suicide attempt (will get it's own warning when the time comes),
Pairing: Benedict Bridgerton x princess!reader
Word Count: 2.5k
Previous Part | Series Masterlist
A/N: Sorry this part is so short
You stood in the drawing room of Kew, waiting for your mother and father to arrive in just a few minutes. Instead of a huge breakfast in the dining room, you opted for a light tea in a more casual setting. Honestly, you were mildly annoyed. The only thing you wanted to do after people returned from their church services, that they never attended weekly because no one cared about the priest admonishing them, was go to the Featherington house. You were shocked that Colin was calling Marina. But friends didn’t always fall in love.
It wasn’t like Penelope was upset about it. She didn’t even like Colin. But like your mother you wanted to matchmake someone and figured they would have been the easiest couple to form. But you wanted to spy on Colin and Marina under the guise of aiding in chaperoning with Penelope since Lady Featherington was running around between girls and their callers.
Your thoughts about who to matchmake were interrupted by your parents arriving. You poured tea for them. Breakfast was a bit awkward in a way it had never been before. George and Charlotte were assessing you intently. You got in two bites of bread when the physician entered. Your parents continued their conversation while you were being checked over. The physician made little comments for the nurse to jot down. Overall, you were fine. That seemed to satisfy your mother and father. There was a glint in Charlotte’s eye.
“The King an— Everyone, out.”
The room, aside from Brimsley and Reynolds, cleared out.
“George and I have decided that we’d like to give you an opportunity. There is an opera coming up. Agatha and her friend Violet will be attending. You may come with. You will meet them before the show starts and then we will stay to watch the entire performance. Afterwards, you must go home. No exceptions.”
“Thank you! Thank you so much! I wo—”
“Calm yourself. You know getting excited makes your condition worse.”
You sat back down, trying not to bounce up and down. She was right after all. Being overly excited made you sweaty or a little hot for some reason and being too warm made you start to see things or think strange things. When your parents left, you ran to your wardrobe.
The dresses needed to be fancy but not too fancy since it was a sit-down event. You picked a yellow dress with short puff sleeves. It ended just above the bottom of your ankle — very stylish for the times. Pairing it with light blue gloves that went past your elbows, you added a light blue skirt piece that made a small train.
“You look beautiful, Your Highness,” Brimsley said.
“I have to agree.” Both Pandora and Reynolds looked at each other, shocked they said the same thing at the same time.
“Thank you. Shall we go? Reynolds, would you like to be dropped at home to see Father?”
“That would be nice, Your Highness, thank you.”
“Then let us leave now.”
You rolled your eyes in the carriage, setting down your copy of Lady Whistledown’s society papers.
“It is utterly ridiculous. She is a disgraceful woman. I tolerated the gossip but speculating death, wishing death on my father is something I cannot accept nor tolerate. How dare she?”
Your confidantes agreed with you and shared their own opinions on society and gossip.
Whispers started to spread throughout the opera house while people still rolled in and music still played. How could it not? The youngest royal child was actually outside. There was no opening for the mouth on this particular mask which meant this was not your introduction. You might speak to a lucky few but there would be no speeches or announcements tonight. People couldn’t hear you from far away with ceramic blocking your mouth. You stuck close to your mother while everyone tried to look at you or talk to you.
“Lady Bridgerton!” Lady Danbury yelled from across the room. “Do join us.”
Violet tried to conceal her wide eyes and smile as she grabbed Daphne’s arm before her daughter could walk away from whoever she was trying to avoid. She made eye contact with you. You watched as she rather frantically waved over someone else.
Anthony — or should you call him the viscount for the evening — began walking towards you, bowing to the Queen before turning his full attention to you. You let him take your hand and give it a kiss. A kiss that you noted was considerably longer by a minimum of five seconds than when he kissed you as Miss Beckett. So it was definitely Violet trying to set up the princess with her son and not the valet with Colin.
You let Anthony talk your ear off about his responsibilities as the eldest and his horseback riding hobby, notably leaving out the details of riding through the mud and staying out there for hours. He was considerably more boring when trying to impress a woman. Ignoring the whispers that permeated through the room, you tried to focus on your friend.
You motioned for him to lean in so you could speak into his ear and actually let him hear you rather than sounding muffled, practically silencing the hall. Anthony laughed at the joke you told which caused both of your mothers to turn around. This was the Anthony you liked better. Violet gasped when you placed a hand on her son’s arm — your mother raised her eyebrows as she and Lady Danbury gave you a slight nod of approval.
“Will you escort me to our box, Viscount Bridgerton?”
“Please, call me Anthony.”
“Lord Bridgerton, that is most forward when we don’t know each other.”
“I was told royals didn’t obey our rules of upper society.”
The two of you started up the stairs, away from prying eyes, that led up to the Queen’s box.
“Anthony?”
“Now we speak of first names.”
You rolled your eyes. “I will allow you to call me by mine, just this single occasion. Anthony, where are the other Bridgerton siblings? If I remember correctly, you have seven of them? Miss Bridgerton is here but I do not see the others.”
“Truthfully, they were very bored by the show being put on tonight. We’ve seen it before. I’m merely here to aid my mother and chaperone my sister. Have you seen this show before?���
“If I have then it was when I was very little.”
“Well, then please do not let my words discourage your enjoyment of the performance. Here is your stop.” He extended a hand to help you up the short steps into the box. “Y/N, thank you for the flowers from the other day. Truly, they are appreciated.”
You studied his face for a moment. He really was handsome. His hair didn’t cover as much of his face this evening as it usually did whenever you visited. The stark colors of his black and white attire made his features stand out.
“I am glad you liked them. Now is where I leave you for the evening, Lord Bridgerton. I shall hope to see you some more once I formally introduce myself to society.”
“I will look forward to that day. Goodbye… Y/N.”
“Goodbye, Anthony.”
Taking your seat, you waited for your mother and her friends to come to the box. The smile on Charlotte’s face grew wider the closer she got to the box. She was going on about Anthony. Obviously, you were going to have many suitors to entertain but a viscount was certainly a very important suitor and only made your prospects have to be better in their courting.
“Excuse me, I’m going to the privy,” you told your mother when you felt your throat start to tighten up.
She just gave you a nod. The shadows of the opera house were closing in on you and you couldn’t calm your mind down. You needed to be in a place with more candlelight. You jumped at the sound of several dogs barking from the shadows. They were big creatures. You had never seen them but you could tell from their bark and — when you got too close — how their breath fanned across the top of your head. Hastening your steps to get away, you ran straight into Violet.
“Oh, I’m terribly sorry. I decided to take a walk after going to the privy and wasn’t watching where I was going.”
The woman in front of you smiled. “Your Highness, if I may be so bold to ask? Would you like to attend a dinner we are hosting? The Duke of Hastings will be there. I understand that you aren’t yet introduced but it woul—”
“I shall love to come. Just tell me when.”
“Saturday evening.”
“Perfect.”
Saturday evening couldn’t have come any sooner. You were tired of counting the floor titles in the bathroom and needed to leave. For the sake of your valets, you hadn’t snuck out at all that week.
You turned to your valets. “I will be back in a few hours.”
“Please be careful,” Pandora said.
“I always am.”
“Not really.” You heard someone mutter inside the carriage.
Marshall escorted you in. You had to stop yourself from smiling, remembering that he had no clue who you were. It was almost alarming when everyone — including the Duke of Hastings — stood when you entered the dining room. You weren’t sure why you didn't expect it. Perhaps you were already too used to your disguise as Miss Beckett. You gave a slight curtsey.
“I apologize for being late.”
“No. You aren’t late at all,” Anthony said as he started to gather his plate.
You shook your head. “Oh, stay where you are.”
“But, Your Highness.”
“I can afford to not be the head of a table for a single night.” You looked around. “I shall sit across from Miss Daphne Bridgerton.”
“She knows your name!” Hyacinth’s voice rose three octaves. You figured you could make her night by having the princess knowledgeable about the Bridgertons.
Colin and Benedict scrambled to pull their chairs apart so you could sit in between them. You waved Marshall away, plating your own food. You could feel the silence of the dinner table as you did things the normal way you would at Kew or Buckingham House.
They also might have been preoccupied with your disguise rather than the way you dragged your own spoon through the mashed potatoes. It was natural. Your siblings had told you all about how people would scrutinize the different masks you would wear. They'd try their hardest to get a real glimpse of your face.
The eye holes had sheer coverings on them that made it hard to see your true eye color. And when it came to your mouth. Your maids had taken their painstakingly slow time making sure the makeup covered up an unique qualities around your mouth and changed the shape of your lips to a shape unrecognizable to you at all. Hungry mamas with daughters they'd want to be in your court or sons they'd want to court you are able to sniff out something like the tiniest wrinkle by the bottom of your lip and use that to scout the whole ton until they found you without the mask on.
It happened to Edward countless of times and was the reason for all the rules regarding the masks in the first place. You looked up after cutting your chicken.
“What were you all talking about before I arrived?”
“Lady Whistledown,” Eloise cut in before anyone could stop her.
“Really? Tell me more.”
“You want to know?”
“Of course I do. I must know her identity. However I must say I will be having a private word with her about not publishing speculation of my father’s death.”
“How is he?”
“Oh, he’s perfectly fine. No matter, though, I need to know every thought you have on our mysterious Lady Whistledown?”
You enjoyed the bickering between everyone. There wasn’t even a firm thought on what class Whistledown belonged to. In your opinion it had to have been an upper class woman. Only someone like that could have enough time on their hands and still survive day to day needs. You dipped your fork into the potatoes.
“Viscount Bridgerton, I must say that any correspondence between the royals and the Bridgerton House should be sent to Kew. I stay there now.”
“Correspondence?” Violet asked, trying to suppress the excitement in her voice.
“Yes. I shall need to understand the ton more than what I have studied. Don’t bother putting them together. I much prefer to read individual letters. Now, I have engagements already arranged for tomorrow so I must be on my way. However, I would love to attend dinner again. Goodnight, Lady Bridgerton, Viscount, Bridgertons, Your Grace.”
Anthony stood up from the table. “Let me escort you to your carriage.”
“That would be much appreciated, Lord Bridgerton.”
~~
My Dearest Ton and Wonderful United Kingdom,
I implore you all to remember that gossip, particularly baseless gossip, can be a dangerous thing. While we all are very entertained by Lady Whistledown, remember that you must discover the truth for yourself. I would hate to see lives ruined over entertainment.
Yours Truly,
Princess Y/N Hanover
Dear Viscount Bridgerton,
The dinner at your house was very lovely. Your family seems to be a wonderful group of people. I am sorry for keeping my lady’s maid away for so long. She has been in Ireland, procuring plant seeds and fabrics for me. Please fret no more for she will be back soon. But I do have to say our correspondence might be limited to letters for a majority of our current time. Until I am introduced to society, it is not wise for me to constantly be out. I shall look forward to more times spent with the Bridgertons at a later date.
Yours Truly,
Princess Y/N Hanover
You finished signing the letter, handing it to Pandora to take to the press for copies to be made. Moving an entire printing house from Buckingham to Kew wasn’t exactly quick and easy but your staff had managed to do it in no time at all. For the time being, Kew was entirely self-sufficient.
“Please take the letters for the Bridgertons to their house after you have visited the press.”
“Yes, Your Highness.”
“Brimsley, what is on the schedule after the physician leaves?”
“You wanted to ride horses and then prepare a bouquet for the ball tomorrow night to be delivered by one of us.”
“Yes, thank you. And after that?”
Reynolds looked at you and then his partner. You had just made the schedule no less than an hour ago. It didn’t seem normal for you to not know. Their eye contact didn’t waiver as they silently communicated to not say a word but just answer all your questions. You got up, moving to your wardrobe to get a petticoat for outside.
“Ah, yes, Brimsley. Are we preparing the bouquet tonight before or after the physici…an…”
Tears started to well up in your eyes as you realized you had asked the question already. Brimsley and Reynolds were a tad too slow. You were already in the wardrobe, trying to calm yourself down. Every time a sob left your mouth or you begged them not to tell your parents caused some pain in their hearts. Reynolds stopped Pandora from leaving, handing the letters to a different lady-in-waiting.
You looked up in the dark space when you heard the knocking. It was hard to ignore the dogs in the shadows just waiting to snap at you. But the dark stopped the heavens from coming in. It was always a compromise. And since the heavens confused your mind and blocked your memory, the dogs would have to wait.
“You can open it.”
Pandora stuck her head in, trying to prevent too much light from coming in. “You’re stronger than whatever you have, you know? It doesn’t matter. None of it does… Maybe you should show the planets and shadow dogs and other shadow creatures that they cannot control a princess. They do not control you.”
Reynolds sighed as he said a quick prayer to not be fired. “Maybe going to the ball would show the shadows that they cannot control you.”
You didn’t really have a choice. Pandora practically pulled you out of the closet and started making plans for tomorrow’s ball, including how to enjoy yourself but stay hidden.
(part 4)...
THIS FIC TAGLIST:
@fredsbetch @cherrylovers-world @chrystinaamanda @grassclippers @flyestvenustrap @spookystitchery @lovelyygirl8 @ben-has-arrived @tragically-hipp
PERMANENT TAGLIST:
@venomsvl @peaches-n-sunscreen @summerellaz @supernaturallover2002 @sambucky8 @9daykrisr @thebitchinleo @23victoria @scarlets-widow @pagetpagetpagetpaget @lovexnatasha @awesomebooklover17 @1234-angelika @imatrisk @blackreaderatrisk @princess-jules47 @alexloveskili @a-marie-a @siriuslysirius1107 @i-have-no-life-charlie
#bridgerton x reader#benedict bridgerton#benedict bridgerton x reader#benedict fluff#benedict x reader
405 notes
·
View notes
Text
Fans and Creators of Webtoons!
I want to talk about Line Webtoon’s new “Super Like” program and why it sucks for literally everyone.

What is a “Super Like?”
According to their website, super likes are a new way for webtoon creators to monetize their work. Readers can pay real money to buy a super like for their favorite webtoon, and the creator gets a fraction of that money.
Wait, a fraction? Not all of it?
Yep! Webtoon skims quite a chunk off the top.
30% goes to Webtoon, and then another 30% of that amount goes to the payment processor.
So what do creators get? 49 cents for every dollar their fans try to give them. Literally half.
That’s pretty ludicrous, right?
Interestingly enough, they announced that they had a “tipping system” in the works in the same email they ended the CANVAS creator rewards program (and many comic creators livelihoods)


They said tipping system in their social media posts too

Obviously this tipping system is referring to super likes right? They say they’re going to do a tipping system, and then this rolls out.
But “tips” are not something that buisinesses can just take a cut of, at least not in the United States. According to the Department of Labor, it is illegal for any amount of tips from customers to go to an employer.
Webtoon is trying to walk back this language, of course. You won’t find the word “tip” anywhere on their website page explaining how it works. But those old social media posts are still up.
This is all pretty scummy
But wait, it gets worse!
They removed the Patreon button at the end of episodes and replaced it with this:

Yep! That’s right. Webtoon really said “what if we replace the tipping system that already existed with a shittier one where you only get half of it 🥺”
Unsurprisingly, they faced a ton of backlash.
Webtoon was quick to point out that the Patreon button was only removed from the end of episodes and there was still a button on the creator’s homepage. But of course, the end of episodes is where that button matters the most.
Creators know this. Webtoon knows this.
Eventually, after days of continued complaints from creators on social media, Webtoon went on damage control mode and announced that they would be putting the Patreon button back at the end of episodes—

As of right now (May 11th, 2024) the Patreon button is still not back.
***
So…Super likes are “super totally not a tip.”
But if they aren’t tips…what are they?
Well there’s a bit more to the story of what a super like actually is. After announceing the program, the app updated to reveal a new ranking category on the front page

When you click on this ranking tab, you can see that there is now both a daily and weekly ranking


If you’re a CANVAS creator, you know how difficult and seemingly random it can be to get your comic on the front page of the app—so my immediate worry was that comic creators were going to buy superlikes on their own series to get in this ranking and…

Yep, that’s already happening.
But why would webtoon even allow creators to buy superlikes for themselves? How does that make sense?
Surely goading desperate creators into buying superlikes can’t be that lucrative, can it?
No. I think there’s another, possibly even worse reason.
Fandom wars
If you’re into music, you probably are aware of how common it is for super fans to make concerted efforts to get their favorite musician to the top of the billboard charts. They coordinate over social media, stream music on loop as soon as an album drops to inflate the numbers, buy albums in bulk to increase sales, all so that they can say their fav is number one. It’s especially common among K-pop fans and swifties
This phenomena is well documented
Fans of Webtoons can be just as ravenous as K-pop, so I think Webtoon is trying to capitalize on this. They want to encourage fandom war and make money. That’s why they have this ranking. Not only can super fans brag about their favorite series topping the charts but they can wear their super like proudly on their reader profile that webtoon will be rolling out soon.
They’re just testing this super like stuff out on CANVAS right now, but once this starts up with originals? Oh. It will be a very profitable, very terrible mess.
(Oh and I mean profitable for webtoon, not creators, in case that wasn’t clear.)
***
Anyway, if you’re a creator, do yourself a favor and don’t enable super likes.
If you’re a fan of a webcomic, just donate to that creators patreon or Ko-Fi to show your support. Don’t give a red cent to webtoon because they did not do any of the work to make the series you love, alright?
Also check out my webtoon haha.
#webtoon#super likes#webtoon super likes#webtoon super like#super like program#monetization#comics#comic#webcomic#Patreon#webtoon canvas#webtoon creator rewards#webtoon fans#webtoon fan#webtoon creator#artists on tumblr#weird comics
752 notes
·
View notes